ShuriZma
/
flycast
mirror of https://github.com/flyinghead/flycast.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge remote-tracking branch 'origin/dev'

This commit is contained in:
Flyinghead 2024-07-11 18:27:44 +02:00
parent b9cbf3e47f 2a4356e72c
commit 39e04b07b8
125 changed files with 2522 additions and 24955 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

3
.gitmodules vendored
View File

@ -38,3 +38,6 @@
[submodule "core/deps/rcheevos"]
path = core/deps/rcheevos
url = https://github.com/RetroAchievements/rcheevos.git
[submodule "core/deps/googletest"]
path = core/deps/googletest
url = https://github.com/google/googletest.git

50
CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -101,17 +101,21 @@ if(GIT_FOUND AND EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.git")
OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_HASH
OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
)
if(WINDOWS_STORE)
string(REGEX REPLACE "[Vv]" "" MS_VERSION ${GIT_VERSION})
string(REPLACE "-" "." MS_VERSION ${MS_VERSION})
string(REGEX REPLACE "\.g[0-9a-f]+" "" MS_VERSION ${MS_VERSION})
string(REGEX MATCHALL "[0-9]+" VERSION_PARTS ${MS_VERSION})
list(LENGTH VERSION_PARTS VERSION_PARTS_LENGTH)
if(VERSION_PARTS_LENGTH EQUAL 2)
string(APPEND MS_VERSION ".0.0")
elseif(VERSION_PARTS_LENGTH EQUAL 3)
string(APPEND MS_VERSION ".0")
endif()
else()
set(GIT_VERSION "v0.0.0-0-g000000000")
set(GIT_HASH "000000000")
endif()
if(WINDOWS_STORE)
string(REGEX REPLACE "[Vv]" "" MS_VERSION ${GIT_VERSION})
string(REPLACE "-" "." MS_VERSION ${MS_VERSION})
string(REGEX REPLACE "\.g[0-9a-f]+" "" MS_VERSION ${MS_VERSION})
string(REGEX MATCHALL "[0-9]+" VERSION_PARTS ${MS_VERSION})
list(LENGTH VERSION_PARTS VERSION_PARTS_LENGTH)
if(VERSION_PARTS_LENGTH EQUAL 2)
string(APPEND MS_VERSION ".0.0")
elseif(VERSION_PARTS_LENGTH EQUAL 3)
string(APPEND MS_VERSION ".0")
endif()
endif()
@ -188,7 +192,11 @@ elseif(ANDROID)
target_compile_options(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE -fno-stack-protector)
set(CMAKE_ANDROID_STL_TYPE "c++_static")
elseif(WIN32)
add_executable(${PROJECT_NAME} WIN32 core/emulator.cpp)
if(BUILD_TESTING)
add_executable(${PROJECT_NAME} core/emulator.cpp)
else()
add_executable(${PROJECT_NAME} WIN32 core/emulator.cpp)
endif()
if(CMAKE_GENERATOR MATCHES "Visual Studio")
if(NOT CMAKE_VS_GLOBALS MATCHES "(^|;)UseMultiToolTask=")
list(APPEND CMAKE_VS_GLOBALS UseMultiToolTask=true)
@ -425,7 +433,7 @@ if(NOT LIBRETRO)
endif()
# SDL2::SDL2main may or may not be available. It is e.g. required by Windows GUI applications
if(TARGET SDL2::SDL2main)
if(TARGET SDL2::SDL2main AND NOT BUILD_TESTING)
# It has an implicit dependency on SDL2 functions, so it MUST be added before SDL2::SDL2 (or SDL2::SDL2-static)
target_link_libraries(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE SDL2::SDL2main)
endif()
@ -1804,11 +1812,13 @@ if(NOT LIBRETRO)
core/deps/SDL/src/main/winrt/SDL2-WinRTResources.rc)
target_sources(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE
${ResourceFiles}
core/deps/SDL/src/main/winrt/SDL_winrt_main_NonXAML.cpp
shell/uwp/http_client.cpp)
if(NOT BUILD_TESTING)
target_sources(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE core/deps/SDL/src/main/winrt/SDL_winrt_main_NonXAML.cpp)
endif()
set_target_properties(${PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTIES RESOURCE "${ResourceFiles}")
else()
if("x86" IN_LIST ARCHITECTURE OR "x86_64" IN_LIST ARCHITECTURE)
if(NOT BUILD_TESTING AND ("x86" IN_LIST ARCHITECTURE OR "x86_64" IN_LIST ARCHITECTURE))
target_include_directories(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE core/deps/Spout/SPOUTSDK/SpoutGL)
target_include_directories(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE core/deps/Spout/SPOUTSDK/SpoutDirectX/SpoutDX)
SET(SPOUT_BUILD_CMT OFF CACHE BOOL "For Visual Studio - build /MT to link runtime libraries" FORCE)
@ -1827,9 +1837,13 @@ if(NOT LIBRETRO)
endif()
if(BUILD_TESTING)
target_sources(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-all.cc
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest_main.cc)
option(BUILD_GMOCK "Builds the googlemock subproject" OFF)
option(INSTALL_GTEST "Enable installation of googletest. (Projects embedding googletest may want to turn this OFF.)" OFF)
if(WIN32)
set(gtest_force_shared_crt ON CACHE BOOL "" FORCE)
endif()
add_subdirectory(core/deps/googletest EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL)
target_link_libraries(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE gtest_main)
target_sources(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE
tests/src/CheatManagerTest.cpp

1
core/audio/audiobackend_oboe.cpp
View File

@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ public:
->setFormat(oboe::AudioFormat::I16)
->setChannelCount(oboe::ChannelCount::Stereo)
->setSampleRate(44100)
->setSampleRateConversionQuality(oboe::SampleRateConversionQuality::High)
->setFramesPerCallback(SAMPLE_COUNT)
->setDataCallback(&audioCallback)
->setErrorCallback(&errorCallback)

2
core/deps/SDL

@ -1 +1 @@
Subproject commit fb1497566c5a05e2babdcf45ef0ab5c7cca2c4ae
Subproject commit 2eef7ca475decd2b864214cdbfe72b143b16d459

1
core/deps/googletest Submodule

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Subproject commit f8d7d77c06936315286eb55f8de22cd23c188571

343
core/deps/gtest/gtest-death-test.h
View File

@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This header file defines the public API for death tests. It is
// #included by gtest.h so a user doesn't need to include this
// directly.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_DEATH_TEST_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_DEATH_TEST_H_
#include "internal/gtest-death-test-internal.h"
namespace testing {
// This flag controls the style of death tests. Valid values are "threadsafe",
// meaning that the death test child process will re-execute the test binary
// from the start, running only a single death test, or "fast",
// meaning that the child process will execute the test logic immediately
// after forking.
GTEST_DECLARE_string_(death_test_style);
#if GTEST_HAS_DEATH_TEST
namespace internal {
// Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the caller is currently
// executing in the context of the death test child process. Tools such as
// Valgrind heap checkers may need this to modify their behavior in death
// tests. IMPORTANT: This is an internal utility. Using it may break the
// implementation of death tests. User code MUST NOT use it.
GTEST_API_ bool InDeathTestChild();
} // namespace internal
// The following macros are useful for writing death tests.
// Here's what happens when an ASSERT_DEATH* or EXPECT_DEATH* is
// executed:
//
// 1. It generates a warning if there is more than one active
// thread. This is because it's safe to fork() or clone() only
// when there is a single thread.
//
// 2. The parent process clone()s a sub-process and runs the death
// test in it; the sub-process exits with code 0 at the end of the
// death test, if it hasn't exited already.
//
// 3. The parent process waits for the sub-process to terminate.
//
// 4. The parent process checks the exit code and error message of
// the sub-process.
//
// Examples:
//
// ASSERT_DEATH(server.SendMessage(56, "Hello"), "Invalid port number");
// for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
// EXPECT_DEATH(server.ProcessRequest(i),
// "Invalid request .* in ProcessRequest()")
// << "Failed to die on request " << i;
// }
//
// ASSERT_EXIT(server.ExitNow(), ::testing::ExitedWithCode(0), "Exiting");
//
// bool KilledBySIGHUP(int exit_code) {
// return WIFSIGNALED(exit_code) && WTERMSIG(exit_code) == SIGHUP;
// }
//
// ASSERT_EXIT(client.HangUpServer(), KilledBySIGHUP, "Hanging up!");
//
// On the regular expressions used in death tests:
//
// GOOGLETEST_CM0005 DO NOT DELETE
// On POSIX-compliant systems (*nix), we use the <regex.h> library,
// which uses the POSIX extended regex syntax.
//
// On other platforms (e.g. Windows or Mac), we only support a simple regex
// syntax implemented as part of Google Test. This limited
// implementation should be enough most of the time when writing
// death tests; though it lacks many features you can find in PCRE
// or POSIX extended regex syntax. For example, we don't support
// union ("x|y"), grouping ("(xy)"), brackets ("[xy]"), and
// repetition count ("x{5,7}"), among others.
//
// Below is the syntax that we do support. We chose it to be a
// subset of both PCRE and POSIX extended regex, so it's easy to
// learn wherever you come from. In the following: 'A' denotes a
// literal character, period (.), or a single \\ escape sequence;
// 'x' and 'y' denote regular expressions; 'm' and 'n' are for
// natural numbers.
//
// c matches any literal character c
// \\d matches any decimal digit
// \\D matches any character that's not a decimal digit
// \\f matches \f
// \\n matches \n
// \\r matches \r
// \\s matches any ASCII whitespace, including \n
// \\S matches any character that's not a whitespace
// \\t matches \t
// \\v matches \v
// \\w matches any letter, _, or decimal digit
// \\W matches any character that \\w doesn't match
// \\c matches any literal character c, which must be a punctuation
// . matches any single character except \n
// A? matches 0 or 1 occurrences of A
// A* matches 0 or many occurrences of A
// A+ matches 1 or many occurrences of A
// ^ matches the beginning of a string (not that of each line)
// $ matches the end of a string (not that of each line)
// xy matches x followed by y
//
// If you accidentally use PCRE or POSIX extended regex features
// not implemented by us, you will get a run-time failure. In that
// case, please try to rewrite your regular expression within the
// above syntax.
//
// This implementation is *not* meant to be as highly tuned or robust
// as a compiled regex library, but should perform well enough for a
// death test, which already incurs significant overhead by launching
// a child process.
//
// Known caveats:
//
// A "threadsafe" style death test obtains the path to the test
// program from argv[0] and re-executes it in the sub-process. For
// simplicity, the current implementation doesn't search the PATH
// when launching the sub-process. This means that the user must
// invoke the test program via a path that contains at least one
// path separator (e.g. path/to/foo_test and
// /absolute/path/to/bar_test are fine, but foo_test is not). This
// is rarely a problem as people usually don't put the test binary
// directory in PATH.
//
// Asserts that a given statement causes the program to exit, with an
// integer exit status that satisfies predicate, and emitting error output
// that matches regex.
# define ASSERT_EXIT(statement, predicate, regex) \
GTEST_DEATH_TEST_(statement, predicate, regex, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
// Like ASSERT_EXIT, but continues on to successive tests in the
// test suite, if any:
# define EXPECT_EXIT(statement, predicate, regex) \
GTEST_DEATH_TEST_(statement, predicate, regex, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
// Asserts that a given statement causes the program to exit, either by
// explicitly exiting with a nonzero exit code or being killed by a
// signal, and emitting error output that matches regex.
# define ASSERT_DEATH(statement, regex) \
ASSERT_EXIT(statement, ::testing::internal::ExitedUnsuccessfully, regex)
// Like ASSERT_DEATH, but continues on to successive tests in the
// test suite, if any:
# define EXPECT_DEATH(statement, regex) \
EXPECT_EXIT(statement, ::testing::internal::ExitedUnsuccessfully, regex)
// Two predicate classes that can be used in {ASSERT,EXPECT}_EXIT*:
// Tests that an exit code describes a normal exit with a given exit code.
class GTEST_API_ ExitedWithCode {
public:
explicit ExitedWithCode(int exit_code);
bool operator()(int exit_status) const;
private:
// No implementation - assignment is unsupported.
void operator=(const ExitedWithCode& other);
const int exit_code_;
};
# if !GTEST_OS_WINDOWS && !GTEST_OS_FUCHSIA
// Tests that an exit code describes an exit due to termination by a
// given signal.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0006 DO NOT DELETE
class GTEST_API_ KilledBySignal {
public:
explicit KilledBySignal(int signum);
bool operator()(int exit_status) const;
private:
const int signum_;
};
# endif // !GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
// EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH asserts that the given statements die in debug mode.
// The death testing framework causes this to have interesting semantics,
// since the sideeffects of the call are only visible in opt mode, and not
// in debug mode.
//
// In practice, this can be used to test functions that utilize the
// LOG(DFATAL) macro using the following style:
//
// int DieInDebugOr12(int* sideeffect) {
// if (sideeffect) {
// *sideeffect = 12;
// }
// LOG(DFATAL) << "death";
// return 12;
// }
//
// TEST(TestSuite, TestDieOr12WorksInDgbAndOpt) {
// int sideeffect = 0;
// // Only asserts in dbg.
// EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH(DieInDebugOr12(&sideeffect), "death");
//
// #ifdef NDEBUG
// // opt-mode has sideeffect visible.
// EXPECT_EQ(12, sideeffect);
// #else
// // dbg-mode no visible sideeffect.
// EXPECT_EQ(0, sideeffect);
// #endif
// }
//
// This will assert that DieInDebugReturn12InOpt() crashes in debug
// mode, usually due to a DCHECK or LOG(DFATAL), but returns the
// appropriate fallback value (12 in this case) in opt mode. If you
// need to test that a function has appropriate side-effects in opt
// mode, include assertions against the side-effects. A general
// pattern for this is:
//
// EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH({
// // Side-effects here will have an effect after this statement in
// // opt mode, but none in debug mode.
// EXPECT_EQ(12, DieInDebugOr12(&sideeffect));
// }, "death");
//
# ifdef NDEBUG
# define EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH(statement, regex) \
GTEST_EXECUTE_STATEMENT_(statement, regex)
# define ASSERT_DEBUG_DEATH(statement, regex) \
GTEST_EXECUTE_STATEMENT_(statement, regex)
# else
# define EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH(statement, regex) \
EXPECT_DEATH(statement, regex)
# define ASSERT_DEBUG_DEATH(statement, regex) \
ASSERT_DEATH(statement, regex)
# endif // NDEBUG for EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH
#endif // GTEST_HAS_DEATH_TEST
// This macro is used for implementing macros such as
// EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED and ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED on systems where
// death tests are not supported. Those macros must compile on such systems
// if and only if EXPECT_DEATH and ASSERT_DEATH compile with the same parameters
// on systems that support death tests. This allows one to write such a macro on
// a system that does not support death tests and be sure that it will compile
// on a death-test supporting system. It is exposed publicly so that systems
// that have death-tests with stricter requirements than GTEST_HAS_DEATH_TEST
// can write their own equivalent of EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED and
// ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED.
//
// Parameters:
// statement - A statement that a macro such as EXPECT_DEATH would test
// for program termination. This macro has to make sure this
// statement is compiled but not executed, to ensure that
// EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED compiles with a certain
// parameter if and only if EXPECT_DEATH compiles with it.
// regex - A regex that a macro such as EXPECT_DEATH would use to test
// the output of statement. This parameter has to be
// compiled but not evaluated by this macro, to ensure that
// this macro only accepts expressions that a macro such as
// EXPECT_DEATH would accept.
// terminator - Must be an empty statement for EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED
// and a return statement for ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED.
// This ensures that ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED will not
// compile inside functions where ASSERT_DEATH doesn't
// compile.
//
// The branch that has an always false condition is used to ensure that
// statement and regex are compiled (and thus syntactically correct) but
// never executed. The unreachable code macro protects the terminator
// statement from generating an 'unreachable code' warning in case
// statement unconditionally returns or throws. The Message constructor at
// the end allows the syntax of streaming additional messages into the
// macro, for compilational compatibility with EXPECT_DEATH/ASSERT_DEATH.
# define GTEST_UNSUPPORTED_DEATH_TEST(statement, regex, terminator) \
GTEST_AMBIGUOUS_ELSE_BLOCKER_ \
if (::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { \
GTEST_LOG_(WARNING) \
<< "Death tests are not supported on this platform.\n" \
<< "Statement '" #statement "' cannot be verified."; \
} else if (::testing::internal::AlwaysFalse()) { \
::testing::internal::RE::PartialMatch(".*", (regex)); \
GTEST_SUPPRESS_UNREACHABLE_CODE_WARNING_BELOW_(statement); \
terminator; \
} else \
::testing::Message()
// EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED(statement, regex) and
// ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED(statement, regex) expand to real death tests if
// death tests are supported; otherwise they just issue a warning. This is
// useful when you are combining death test assertions with normal test
// assertions in one test.
#if GTEST_HAS_DEATH_TEST
# define EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED(statement, regex) \
EXPECT_DEATH(statement, regex)
# define ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED(statement, regex) \
ASSERT_DEATH(statement, regex)
#else
# define EXPECT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED(statement, regex) \
GTEST_UNSUPPORTED_DEATH_TEST(statement, regex, )
# define ASSERT_DEATH_IF_SUPPORTED(statement, regex) \
GTEST_UNSUPPORTED_DEATH_TEST(statement, regex, return)
#endif
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_DEATH_TEST_H_

750
core/deps/gtest/gtest-matchers.h
View File

@ -1,750 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This file implements just enough of the matcher interface to allow
// EXPECT_DEATH and friends to accept a matcher argument.
// IWYU pragma: private, include "testing/base/public/gunit.h"
// IWYU pragma: friend third_party/googletest/googlemock/.*
// IWYU pragma: friend third_party/googletest/googletest/.*
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_MATCHERS_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_MATCHERS_H_
#include <memory>
#include <ostream>
#include <string>
#include <type_traits>
#include "gtest-printers.h"
#include "internal/gtest-internal.h"
#include "internal/gtest-port.h"
// MSVC warning C5046 is new as of VS2017 version 15.8.
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1915
#define GTEST_MAYBE_5046_ 5046
#else
#define GTEST_MAYBE_5046_
#endif
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(
4251 GTEST_MAYBE_5046_ /* class A needs to have dll-interface to be used by
clients of class B */
/* Symbol involving type with internal linkage not defined */)
namespace testing {
// To implement a matcher Foo for type T, define:
// 1. a class FooMatcherImpl that implements the
// MatcherInterface<T> interface, and
// 2. a factory function that creates a Matcher<T> object from a
// FooMatcherImpl*.
//
// The two-level delegation design makes it possible to allow a user
// to write "v" instead of "Eq(v)" where a Matcher is expected, which
// is impossible if we pass matchers by pointers. It also eases
// ownership management as Matcher objects can now be copied like
// plain values.
// MatchResultListener is an abstract class. Its << operator can be
// used by a matcher to explain why a value matches or doesn't match.
//
class MatchResultListener {
public:
// Creates a listener object with the given underlying ostream. The
// listener does not own the ostream, and does not dereference it
// in the constructor or destructor.
explicit MatchResultListener(::std::ostream* os) : stream_(os) {}
virtual ~MatchResultListener() = 0; // Makes this class abstract.
// Streams x to the underlying ostream; does nothing if the ostream
// is NULL.
template <typename T>
MatchResultListener& operator<<(const T& x) {
if (stream_ != nullptr) *stream_ << x;
return *this;
}
// Returns the underlying ostream.
::std::ostream* stream() { return stream_; }
// Returns true if and only if the listener is interested in an explanation
// of the match result. A matcher's MatchAndExplain() method can use
// this information to avoid generating the explanation when no one
// intends to hear it.
bool IsInterested() const { return stream_ != nullptr; }
private:
::std::ostream* const stream_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(MatchResultListener);
};
inline MatchResultListener::~MatchResultListener() {
}
// An instance of a subclass of this knows how to describe itself as a
// matcher.
class MatcherDescriberInterface {
public:
virtual ~MatcherDescriberInterface() {}
// Describes this matcher to an ostream. The function should print
// a verb phrase that describes the property a value matching this
// matcher should have. The subject of the verb phrase is the value
// being matched. For example, the DescribeTo() method of the Gt(7)
// matcher prints "is greater than 7".
virtual void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const = 0;
// Describes the negation of this matcher to an ostream. For
// example, if the description of this matcher is "is greater than
// 7", the negated description could be "is not greater than 7".
// You are not required to override this when implementing
// MatcherInterface, but it is highly advised so that your matcher
// can produce good error messages.
virtual void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const {
*os << "not (";
DescribeTo(os);
*os << ")";
}
};
// The implementation of a matcher.
template <typename T>
class MatcherInterface : public MatcherDescriberInterface {
public:
// Returns true if and only if the matcher matches x; also explains the
// match result to 'listener' if necessary (see the next paragraph), in
// the form of a non-restrictive relative clause ("which ...",
// "whose ...", etc) that describes x. For example, the
// MatchAndExplain() method of the Pointee(...) matcher should
// generate an explanation like "which points to ...".
//
// Implementations of MatchAndExplain() should add an explanation of
// the match result *if and only if* they can provide additional
// information that's not already present (or not obvious) in the
// print-out of x and the matcher's description. Whether the match
// succeeds is not a factor in deciding whether an explanation is
// needed, as sometimes the caller needs to print a failure message
// when the match succeeds (e.g. when the matcher is used inside
// Not()).
//
// For example, a "has at least 10 elements" matcher should explain
// what the actual element count is, regardless of the match result,
// as it is useful information to the reader; on the other hand, an
// "is empty" matcher probably only needs to explain what the actual
// size is when the match fails, as it's redundant to say that the
// size is 0 when the value is already known to be empty.
//
// You should override this method when defining a new matcher.
//
// It's the responsibility of the caller (Google Test) to guarantee
// that 'listener' is not NULL. This helps to simplify a matcher's
// implementation when it doesn't care about the performance, as it
// can talk to 'listener' without checking its validity first.
// However, in order to implement dummy listeners efficiently,
// listener->stream() may be NULL.
virtual bool MatchAndExplain(T x, MatchResultListener* listener) const = 0;
// Inherits these methods from MatcherDescriberInterface:
// virtual void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const = 0;
// virtual void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const;
};
namespace internal {
// Converts a MatcherInterface<T> to a MatcherInterface<const T&>.
template <typename T>
class MatcherInterfaceAdapter : public MatcherInterface<const T&> {
public:
explicit MatcherInterfaceAdapter(const MatcherInterface<T>* impl)
: impl_(impl) {}
~MatcherInterfaceAdapter() override { delete impl_; }
void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const override { impl_->DescribeTo(os); }
void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const override {
impl_->DescribeNegationTo(os);
}
bool MatchAndExplain(const T& x,
MatchResultListener* listener) const override {
return impl_->MatchAndExplain(x, listener);
}
private:
const MatcherInterface<T>* const impl_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(MatcherInterfaceAdapter);
};
struct AnyEq {
template <typename A, typename B>
bool operator()(const A& a, const B& b) const { return a == b; }
};
struct AnyNe {
template <typename A, typename B>
bool operator()(const A& a, const B& b) const { return a != b; }
};
struct AnyLt {
template <typename A, typename B>
bool operator()(const A& a, const B& b) const { return a < b; }
};
struct AnyGt {
template <typename A, typename B>
bool operator()(const A& a, const B& b) const { return a > b; }
};
struct AnyLe {
template <typename A, typename B>
bool operator()(const A& a, const B& b) const { return a <= b; }
};
struct AnyGe {
template <typename A, typename B>
bool operator()(const A& a, const B& b) const { return a >= b; }
};
// A match result listener that ignores the explanation.
class DummyMatchResultListener : public MatchResultListener {
public:
DummyMatchResultListener() : MatchResultListener(nullptr) {}
private:
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(DummyMatchResultListener);
};
// A match result listener that forwards the explanation to a given
// ostream. The difference between this and MatchResultListener is
// that the former is concrete.
class StreamMatchResultListener : public MatchResultListener {
public:
explicit StreamMatchResultListener(::std::ostream* os)
: MatchResultListener(os) {}
private:
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(StreamMatchResultListener);
};
// An internal class for implementing Matcher<T>, which will derive
// from it. We put functionalities common to all Matcher<T>
// specializations here to avoid code duplication.
template <typename T>
class MatcherBase {
public:
// Returns true if and only if the matcher matches x; also explains the
// match result to 'listener'.
bool MatchAndExplain(const T& x, MatchResultListener* listener) const {
return impl_->MatchAndExplain(x, listener);
}
// Returns true if and only if this matcher matches x.
bool Matches(const T& x) const {
DummyMatchResultListener dummy;
return MatchAndExplain(x, &dummy);
}
// Describes this matcher to an ostream.
void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const { impl_->DescribeTo(os); }
// Describes the negation of this matcher to an ostream.
void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const {
impl_->DescribeNegationTo(os);
}
// Explains why x matches, or doesn't match, the matcher.
void ExplainMatchResultTo(const T& x, ::std::ostream* os) const {
StreamMatchResultListener listener(os);
MatchAndExplain(x, &listener);
}
// Returns the describer for this matcher object; retains ownership
// of the describer, which is only guaranteed to be alive when
// this matcher object is alive.
const MatcherDescriberInterface* GetDescriber() const {
return impl_.get();
}
protected:
MatcherBase() {}
// Constructs a matcher from its implementation.
explicit MatcherBase(const MatcherInterface<const T&>* impl) : impl_(impl) {}
template <typename U>
explicit MatcherBase(
const MatcherInterface<U>* impl,
typename std::enable_if<!std::is_same<U, const U&>::value>::type* =
nullptr)
: impl_(new internal::MatcherInterfaceAdapter<U>(impl)) {}
MatcherBase(const MatcherBase&) = default;
MatcherBase& operator=(const MatcherBase&) = default;
MatcherBase(MatcherBase&&) = default;
MatcherBase& operator=(MatcherBase&&) = default;
virtual ~MatcherBase() {}
private:
std::shared_ptr<const MatcherInterface<const T&>> impl_;
};
} // namespace internal
// A Matcher<T> is a copyable and IMMUTABLE (except by assignment)
// object that can check whether a value of type T matches. The
// implementation of Matcher<T> is just a std::shared_ptr to const
// MatcherInterface<T>. Don't inherit from Matcher!
template <typename T>
class Matcher : public internal::MatcherBase<T> {
public:
// Constructs a null matcher. Needed for storing Matcher objects in STL
// containers. A default-constructed matcher is not yet initialized. You
// cannot use it until a valid value has been assigned to it.
explicit Matcher() {} // NOLINT
// Constructs a matcher from its implementation.
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<const T&>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<T>(impl) {}
template <typename U>
explicit Matcher(
const MatcherInterface<U>* impl,
typename std::enable_if<!std::is_same<U, const U&>::value>::type* =
nullptr)
: internal::MatcherBase<T>(impl) {}
// Implicit constructor here allows people to write
// EXPECT_CALL(foo, Bar(5)) instead of EXPECT_CALL(foo, Bar(Eq(5))) sometimes
Matcher(T value); // NOLINT
};
// The following two specializations allow the user to write str
// instead of Eq(str) and "foo" instead of Eq("foo") when a std::string
// matcher is expected.
template <>
class GTEST_API_ Matcher<const std::string&>
: public internal::MatcherBase<const std::string&> {
public:
Matcher() {}
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<const std::string&>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<const std::string&>(impl) {}
// Allows the user to write str instead of Eq(str) sometimes, where
// str is a std::string object.
Matcher(const std::string& s); // NOLINT
// Allows the user to write "foo" instead of Eq("foo") sometimes.
Matcher(const char* s); // NOLINT
};
template <>
class GTEST_API_ Matcher<std::string>
: public internal::MatcherBase<std::string> {
public:
Matcher() {}
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<const std::string&>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<std::string>(impl) {}
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<std::string>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<std::string>(impl) {}
// Allows the user to write str instead of Eq(str) sometimes, where
// str is a string object.
Matcher(const std::string& s); // NOLINT
// Allows the user to write "foo" instead of Eq("foo") sometimes.
Matcher(const char* s); // NOLINT
};
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// The following two specializations allow the user to write str
// instead of Eq(str) and "foo" instead of Eq("foo") when a absl::string_view
// matcher is expected.
template <>
class GTEST_API_ Matcher<const absl::string_view&>
: public internal::MatcherBase<const absl::string_view&> {
public:
Matcher() {}
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<const absl::string_view&>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<const absl::string_view&>(impl) {}
// Allows the user to write str instead of Eq(str) sometimes, where
// str is a std::string object.
Matcher(const std::string& s); // NOLINT
// Allows the user to write "foo" instead of Eq("foo") sometimes.
Matcher(const char* s); // NOLINT
// Allows the user to pass absl::string_views directly.
Matcher(absl::string_view s); // NOLINT
};
template <>
class GTEST_API_ Matcher<absl::string_view>
: public internal::MatcherBase<absl::string_view> {
public:
Matcher() {}
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<const absl::string_view&>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<absl::string_view>(impl) {}
explicit Matcher(const MatcherInterface<absl::string_view>* impl)
: internal::MatcherBase<absl::string_view>(impl) {}
// Allows the user to write str instead of Eq(str) sometimes, where
// str is a std::string object.
Matcher(const std::string& s); // NOLINT
// Allows the user to write "foo" instead of Eq("foo") sometimes.
Matcher(const char* s); // NOLINT
// Allows the user to pass absl::string_views directly.
Matcher(absl::string_view s); // NOLINT
};
#endif // GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// Prints a matcher in a human-readable format.
template <typename T>
std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const Matcher<T>& matcher) {
matcher.DescribeTo(&os);
return os;
}
// The PolymorphicMatcher class template makes it easy to implement a
// polymorphic matcher (i.e. a matcher that can match values of more
// than one type, e.g. Eq(n) and NotNull()).
//
// To define a polymorphic matcher, a user should provide an Impl
// class that has a DescribeTo() method and a DescribeNegationTo()
// method, and define a member function (or member function template)
//
// bool MatchAndExplain(const Value& value,
// MatchResultListener* listener) const;
//
// See the definition of NotNull() for a complete example.
template <class Impl>
class PolymorphicMatcher {
public:
explicit PolymorphicMatcher(const Impl& an_impl) : impl_(an_impl) {}
// Returns a mutable reference to the underlying matcher
// implementation object.
Impl& mutable_impl() { return impl_; }
// Returns an immutable reference to the underlying matcher
// implementation object.
const Impl& impl() const { return impl_; }
template <typename T>
operator Matcher<T>() const {
return Matcher<T>(new MonomorphicImpl<const T&>(impl_));
}
private:
template <typename T>
class MonomorphicImpl : public MatcherInterface<T> {
public:
explicit MonomorphicImpl(const Impl& impl) : impl_(impl) {}
void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const override { impl_.DescribeTo(os); }
void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const override {
impl_.DescribeNegationTo(os);
}
bool MatchAndExplain(T x, MatchResultListener* listener) const override {
return impl_.MatchAndExplain(x, listener);
}
private:
const Impl impl_;
};
Impl impl_;
};
// Creates a matcher from its implementation.
// DEPRECATED: Especially in the generic code, prefer:
// Matcher<T>(new MyMatcherImpl<const T&>(...));
//
// MakeMatcher may create a Matcher that accepts its argument by value, which
// leads to unnecessary copies & lack of support for non-copyable types.
template <typename T>
inline Matcher<T> MakeMatcher(const MatcherInterface<T>* impl) {
return Matcher<T>(impl);
}
// Creates a polymorphic matcher from its implementation. This is
// easier to use than the PolymorphicMatcher<Impl> constructor as it
// doesn't require you to explicitly write the template argument, e.g.
//
// MakePolymorphicMatcher(foo);
// vs
// PolymorphicMatcher<TypeOfFoo>(foo);
template <class Impl>
inline PolymorphicMatcher<Impl> MakePolymorphicMatcher(const Impl& impl) {
return PolymorphicMatcher<Impl>(impl);
}
namespace internal {
// Implements a matcher that compares a given value with a
// pre-supplied value using one of the ==, <=, <, etc, operators. The
// two values being compared don't have to have the same type.
//
// The matcher defined here is polymorphic (for example, Eq(5) can be
// used to match an int, a short, a double, etc). Therefore we use
// a template type conversion operator in the implementation.
//
// The following template definition assumes that the Rhs parameter is
// a "bare" type (i.e. neither 'const T' nor 'T&').
template <typename D, typename Rhs, typename Op>
class ComparisonBase {
public:
explicit ComparisonBase(const Rhs& rhs) : rhs_(rhs) {}
template <typename Lhs>
operator Matcher<Lhs>() const {
return Matcher<Lhs>(new Impl<const Lhs&>(rhs_));
}
private:
template <typename T>
static const T& Unwrap(const T& v) { return v; }
template <typename T>
static const T& Unwrap(std::reference_wrapper<T> v) { return v; }
template <typename Lhs, typename = Rhs>
class Impl : public MatcherInterface<Lhs> {
public:
explicit Impl(const Rhs& rhs) : rhs_(rhs) {}
bool MatchAndExplain(Lhs lhs,
MatchResultListener* /* listener */) const override {
return Op()(lhs, Unwrap(rhs_));
}
void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const override {
*os << D::Desc() << " ";
UniversalPrint(Unwrap(rhs_), os);
}
void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const override {
*os << D::NegatedDesc() << " ";
UniversalPrint(Unwrap(rhs_), os);
}
private:
Rhs rhs_;
};
Rhs rhs_;
};
template <typename Rhs>
class EqMatcher : public ComparisonBase<EqMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyEq> {
public:
explicit EqMatcher(const Rhs& rhs)
: ComparisonBase<EqMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyEq>(rhs) { }
static const char* Desc() { return "is equal to"; }
static const char* NegatedDesc() { return "isn't equal to"; }
};
template <typename Rhs>
class NeMatcher : public ComparisonBase<NeMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyNe> {
public:
explicit NeMatcher(const Rhs& rhs)
: ComparisonBase<NeMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyNe>(rhs) { }
static const char* Desc() { return "isn't equal to"; }
static const char* NegatedDesc() { return "is equal to"; }
};
template <typename Rhs>
class LtMatcher : public ComparisonBase<LtMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyLt> {
public:
explicit LtMatcher(const Rhs& rhs)
: ComparisonBase<LtMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyLt>(rhs) { }
static const char* Desc() { return "is <"; }
static const char* NegatedDesc() { return "isn't <"; }
};
template <typename Rhs>
class GtMatcher : public ComparisonBase<GtMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyGt> {
public:
explicit GtMatcher(const Rhs& rhs)
: ComparisonBase<GtMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyGt>(rhs) { }
static const char* Desc() { return "is >"; }
static const char* NegatedDesc() { return "isn't >"; }
};
template <typename Rhs>
class LeMatcher : public ComparisonBase<LeMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyLe> {
public:
explicit LeMatcher(const Rhs& rhs)
: ComparisonBase<LeMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyLe>(rhs) { }
static const char* Desc() { return "is <="; }
static const char* NegatedDesc() { return "isn't <="; }
};
template <typename Rhs>
class GeMatcher : public ComparisonBase<GeMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyGe> {
public:
explicit GeMatcher(const Rhs& rhs)
: ComparisonBase<GeMatcher<Rhs>, Rhs, AnyGe>(rhs) { }
static const char* Desc() { return "is >="; }
static const char* NegatedDesc() { return "isn't >="; }
};
// Implements polymorphic matchers MatchesRegex(regex) and
// ContainsRegex(regex), which can be used as a Matcher<T> as long as
// T can be converted to a string.
class MatchesRegexMatcher {
public:
MatchesRegexMatcher(const RE* regex, bool full_match)
: regex_(regex), full_match_(full_match) {}
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
bool MatchAndExplain(const absl::string_view& s,
MatchResultListener* listener) const {
return MatchAndExplain(std::string(s), listener);
}
#endif // GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// Accepts pointer types, particularly:
// const char*
// char*
// const wchar_t*
// wchar_t*
template <typename CharType>
bool MatchAndExplain(CharType* s, MatchResultListener* listener) const {
return s != nullptr && MatchAndExplain(std::string(s), listener);
}
// Matches anything that can convert to std::string.
//
// This is a template, not just a plain function with const std::string&,
// because absl::string_view has some interfering non-explicit constructors.
template <class MatcheeStringType>
bool MatchAndExplain(const MatcheeStringType& s,
MatchResultListener* /* listener */) const {
const std::string& s2(s);
return full_match_ ? RE::FullMatch(s2, *regex_)
: RE::PartialMatch(s2, *regex_);
}
void DescribeTo(::std::ostream* os) const {
*os << (full_match_ ? "matches" : "contains") << " regular expression ";
UniversalPrinter<std::string>::Print(regex_->pattern(), os);
}
void DescribeNegationTo(::std::ostream* os) const {
*os << "doesn't " << (full_match_ ? "match" : "contain")
<< " regular expression ";
UniversalPrinter<std::string>::Print(regex_->pattern(), os);
}
private:
const std::shared_ptr<const RE> regex_;
const bool full_match_;
};
} // namespace internal
// Matches a string that fully matches regular expression 'regex'.
// The matcher takes ownership of 'regex'.
inline PolymorphicMatcher<internal::MatchesRegexMatcher> MatchesRegex(
const internal::RE* regex) {
return MakePolymorphicMatcher(internal::MatchesRegexMatcher(regex, true));
}
inline PolymorphicMatcher<internal::MatchesRegexMatcher> MatchesRegex(
const std::string& regex) {
return MatchesRegex(new internal::RE(regex));
}
// Matches a string that contains regular expression 'regex'.
// The matcher takes ownership of 'regex'.
inline PolymorphicMatcher<internal::MatchesRegexMatcher> ContainsRegex(
const internal::RE* regex) {
return MakePolymorphicMatcher(internal::MatchesRegexMatcher(regex, false));
}
inline PolymorphicMatcher<internal::MatchesRegexMatcher> ContainsRegex(
const std::string& regex) {
return ContainsRegex(new internal::RE(regex));
}
// Creates a polymorphic matcher that matches anything equal to x.
// Note: if the parameter of Eq() were declared as const T&, Eq("foo")
// wouldn't compile.
template <typename T>
inline internal::EqMatcher<T> Eq(T x) { return internal::EqMatcher<T>(x); }
// Constructs a Matcher<T> from a 'value' of type T. The constructed
// matcher matches any value that's equal to 'value'.
template <typename T>
Matcher<T>::Matcher(T value) { *this = Eq(value); }
// Creates a monomorphic matcher that matches anything with type Lhs
// and equal to rhs. A user may need to use this instead of Eq(...)
// in order to resolve an overloading ambiguity.
//
// TypedEq<T>(x) is just a convenient short-hand for Matcher<T>(Eq(x))
// or Matcher<T>(x), but more readable than the latter.
//
// We could define similar monomorphic matchers for other comparison
// operations (e.g. TypedLt, TypedGe, and etc), but decided not to do
// it yet as those are used much less than Eq() in practice. A user
// can always write Matcher<T>(Lt(5)) to be explicit about the type,
// for example.
template <typename Lhs, typename Rhs>
inline Matcher<Lhs> TypedEq(const Rhs& rhs) { return Eq(rhs); }
// Creates a polymorphic matcher that matches anything >= x.
template <typename Rhs>
inline internal::GeMatcher<Rhs> Ge(Rhs x) {
return internal::GeMatcher<Rhs>(x);
}
// Creates a polymorphic matcher that matches anything > x.
template <typename Rhs>
inline internal::GtMatcher<Rhs> Gt(Rhs x) {
return internal::GtMatcher<Rhs>(x);
}
// Creates a polymorphic matcher that matches anything <= x.
template <typename Rhs>
inline internal::LeMatcher<Rhs> Le(Rhs x) {
return internal::LeMatcher<Rhs>(x);
}
// Creates a polymorphic matcher that matches anything < x.
template <typename Rhs>
inline internal::LtMatcher<Rhs> Lt(Rhs x) {
return internal::LtMatcher<Rhs>(x);
}
// Creates a polymorphic matcher that matches anything != x.
template <typename Rhs>
inline internal::NeMatcher<Rhs> Ne(Rhs x) {
return internal::NeMatcher<Rhs>(x);
}
} // namespace testing
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_() // 4251 5046
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_MATCHERS_H_

219
core/deps/gtest/gtest-message.h
View File

@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This header file defines the Message class.
//
// IMPORTANT NOTE: Due to limitation of the C++ language, we have to
// leave some internal implementation details in this header file.
// They are clearly marked by comments like this:
//
// // INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN A USER PROGRAM.
//
// Such code is NOT meant to be used by a user directly, and is subject
// to CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. Therefore DO NOT DEPEND ON IT in a user
// program!
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_MESSAGE_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_MESSAGE_H_
#include <limits>
#include <memory>
#include <sstream>
#include "internal/gtest-port.h"
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4251 \
/* class A needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of class B */)
// Ensures that there is at least one operator<< in the global namespace.
// See Message& operator<<(...) below for why.
void operator<<(const testing::internal::Secret&, int);
namespace testing {
// The Message class works like an ostream repeater.
//
// Typical usage:
//
// 1. You stream a bunch of values to a Message object.
// It will remember the text in a stringstream.
// 2. Then you stream the Message object to an ostream.
// This causes the text in the Message to be streamed
// to the ostream.
//
// For example;
//
// testing::Message foo;
// foo << 1 << " != " << 2;
// std::cout << foo;
//
// will print "1 != 2".
//
// Message is not intended to be inherited from. In particular, its
// destructor is not virtual.
//
// Note that stringstream behaves differently in gcc and in MSVC. You
// can stream a NULL char pointer to it in the former, but not in the
// latter (it causes an access violation if you do). The Message
// class hides this difference by treating a NULL char pointer as
// "(null)".
class GTEST_API_ Message {
private:
// The type of basic IO manipulators (endl, ends, and flush) for
// narrow streams.
typedef std::ostream& (*BasicNarrowIoManip)(std::ostream&);
public:
// Constructs an empty Message.
Message();
// Copy constructor.
Message(const Message& msg) : ss_(new ::std::stringstream) { // NOLINT
*ss_ << msg.GetString();
}
// Constructs a Message from a C-string.
explicit Message(const char* str) : ss_(new ::std::stringstream) {
*ss_ << str;
}
// Streams a non-pointer value to this object.
template <typename T>
inline Message& operator <<(const T& val) {
// Some libraries overload << for STL containers. These
// overloads are defined in the global namespace instead of ::std.
//
// C++'s symbol lookup rule (i.e. Koenig lookup) says that these
// overloads are visible in either the std namespace or the global
// namespace, but not other namespaces, including the testing
// namespace which Google Test's Message class is in.
//
// To allow STL containers (and other types that has a << operator
// defined in the global namespace) to be used in Google Test
// assertions, testing::Message must access the custom << operator
// from the global namespace. With this using declaration,
// overloads of << defined in the global namespace and those
// visible via Koenig lookup are both exposed in this function.
using ::operator <<;
*ss_ << val;
return *this;
}
// Streams a pointer value to this object.
//
// This function is an overload of the previous one. When you
// stream a pointer to a Message, this definition will be used as it
// is more specialized. (The C++ Standard, section
// [temp.func.order].) If you stream a non-pointer, then the
// previous definition will be used.
//
// The reason for this overload is that streaming a NULL pointer to
// ostream is undefined behavior. Depending on the compiler, you
// may get "0", "(nil)", "(null)", or an access violation. To
// ensure consistent result across compilers, we always treat NULL
// as "(null)".
template <typename T>
inline Message& operator <<(T* const& pointer) { // NOLINT
if (pointer == nullptr) {
*ss_ << "(null)";
} else {
*ss_ << pointer;
}
return *this;
}
// Since the basic IO manipulators are overloaded for both narrow
// and wide streams, we have to provide this specialized definition
// of operator <<, even though its body is the same as the
// templatized version above. Without this definition, streaming
// endl or other basic IO manipulators to Message will confuse the
// compiler.
Message& operator <<(BasicNarrowIoManip val) {
*ss_ << val;
return *this;
}
// Instead of 1/0, we want to see true/false for bool values.
Message& operator <<(bool b) {
return *this << (b ? "true" : "false");
}
// These two overloads allow streaming a wide C string to a Message
// using the UTF-8 encoding.
Message& operator <<(const wchar_t* wide_c_str);
Message& operator <<(wchar_t* wide_c_str);
#if GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
// Converts the given wide string to a narrow string using the UTF-8
// encoding, and streams the result to this Message object.
Message& operator <<(const ::std::wstring& wstr);
#endif // GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
// Gets the text streamed to this object so far as an std::string.
// Each '\0' character in the buffer is replaced with "\\0".
//
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN A USER PROGRAM.
std::string GetString() const;
private:
// We'll hold the text streamed to this object here.
const std::unique_ptr< ::std::stringstream> ss_;
// We declare (but don't implement) this to prevent the compiler
// from implementing the assignment operator.
void operator=(const Message&);
};
// Streams a Message to an ostream.
inline std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream& os, const Message& sb) {
return os << sb.GetString();
}
namespace internal {
// Converts a streamable value to an std::string. A NULL pointer is
// converted to "(null)". When the input value is a ::string,
// ::std::string, ::wstring, or ::std::wstring object, each NUL
// character in it is replaced with "\\0".
template <typename T>
std::string StreamableToString(const T& streamable) {
return (Message() << streamable).GetString();
}
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_() // 4251
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_MESSAGE_H_

514
core/deps/gtest/gtest-param-test.h
View File

@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Macros and functions for implementing parameterized tests
// in Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This file is generated by a SCRIPT. DO NOT EDIT BY HAND!
//
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PARAM_TEST_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PARAM_TEST_H_
// Value-parameterized tests allow you to test your code with different
// parameters without writing multiple copies of the same test.
//
// Here is how you use value-parameterized tests:
#if 0
// To write value-parameterized tests, first you should define a fixture
// class. It is usually derived from testing::TestWithParam<T> (see below for
// another inheritance scheme that's sometimes useful in more complicated
// class hierarchies), where the type of your parameter values.
// TestWithParam<T> is itself derived from testing::Test. T can be any
// copyable type. If it's a raw pointer, you are responsible for managing the
// lifespan of the pointed values.
class FooTest : public ::testing::TestWithParam<const char*> {
// You can implement all the usual class fixture members here.
};
// Then, use the TEST_P macro to define as many parameterized tests
// for this fixture as you want. The _P suffix is for "parameterized"
// or "pattern", whichever you prefer to think. The arguments to the
// TEST_P macro are the test_suite_name and test_case (both which must be
// non-empty) that will form the test name.
TEST_P(FooTest, DoesBlah) {
// Inside a test, access the test parameter with the GetParam() method
// of the TestWithParam<T> class:
EXPECT_TRUE(foo.Blah(GetParam()));
...
}
TEST_P(FooTest, HasBlahBlah) {
...
}
// Finally, you can use INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P to instantiate the test
// case with any set of parameters you want. Google Test defines a number
// of functions for generating test parameters. They return what we call
// (surprise!) parameter generators. Here is a summary of them, which
// are all in the testing namespace:
//
//
// Range(begin, end [, step]) - Yields values {begin, begin+step,
// begin+step+step, ...}. The values do not
// include end. step defaults to 1.
// Values(v1, v2, ..., vN) - Yields values {v1, v2, ..., vN}.
// ValuesIn(container) - Yields values from a C-style array, an STL
// ValuesIn(begin,end) container, or an iterator range [begin, end).
// Bool() - Yields sequence {false, true}.
// Combine(g1, g2, ..., gN) - Yields all combinations (the Cartesian product
// for the math savvy) of the values generated
// by the N generators.
//
// For more details, see comments at the definitions of these functions below
// in this file.
//
// The following statement will instantiate tests from the FooTest test suite
// each with parameter values "meeny", "miny", and "moe".
INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(InstantiationName,
FooTest,
Values("meeny", "miny", "moe"));
// To distinguish different instances of the pattern, (yes, you
// can instantiate it more than once) the first argument to the
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P macro is a prefix (which must be non-empty) that
// will be added to the actual test suite name. Remember to pick unique prefixes
// for different instantiations. The tests from the instantiation above will
// have these names:
//
// * InstantiationName/FooTest.DoesBlah/0 for "meeny"
// * InstantiationName/FooTest.DoesBlah/1 for "miny"
// * InstantiationName/FooTest.DoesBlah/2 for "moe"
// * InstantiationName/FooTest.HasBlahBlah/0 for "meeny"
// * InstantiationName/FooTest.HasBlahBlah/1 for "miny"
// * InstantiationName/FooTest.HasBlahBlah/2 for "moe"
//
// You can use these names in --gtest_filter.
//
// This statement will instantiate all tests from FooTest again, each
// with parameter values "cat" and "dog":
const char* pets[] = {"cat", "dog"};
INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(AnotherInstantiationName, FooTest, ValuesIn(pets));
// The tests from the instantiation above will have these names:
//
// * AnotherInstantiationName/FooTest.DoesBlah/0 for "cat"
// * AnotherInstantiationName/FooTest.DoesBlah/1 for "dog"
// * AnotherInstantiationName/FooTest.HasBlahBlah/0 for "cat"
// * AnotherInstantiationName/FooTest.HasBlahBlah/1 for "dog"
//
// Please note that INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P will instantiate all tests
// in the given test suite, whether their definitions come before or
// AFTER the INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P statement.
//
// Please also note that generator expressions (including parameters to the
// generators) are evaluated in InitGoogleTest(), after main() has started.
// This allows the user on one hand, to adjust generator parameters in order
// to dynamically determine a set of tests to run and on the other hand,
// give the user a chance to inspect the generated tests with Google Test
// reflection API before RUN_ALL_TESTS() is executed.
//
// You can see samples/sample7_unittest.cc and samples/sample8_unittest.cc
// for more examples.
//
// In the future, we plan to publish the API for defining new parameter
// generators. But for now this interface remains part of the internal
// implementation and is subject to change.
//
//
// A parameterized test fixture must be derived from testing::Test and from
// testing::WithParamInterface<T>, where T is the type of the parameter
// values. Inheriting from TestWithParam<T> satisfies that requirement because
// TestWithParam<T> inherits from both Test and WithParamInterface. In more
// complicated hierarchies, however, it is occasionally useful to inherit
// separately from Test and WithParamInterface. For example:
class BaseTest : public ::testing::Test {
// You can inherit all the usual members for a non-parameterized test
// fixture here.
};
class DerivedTest : public BaseTest, public ::testing::WithParamInterface<int> {
// The usual test fixture members go here too.
};
TEST_F(BaseTest, HasFoo) {
// This is an ordinary non-parameterized test.
}
TEST_P(DerivedTest, DoesBlah) {
// GetParam works just the same here as if you inherit from TestWithParam.
EXPECT_TRUE(foo.Blah(GetParam()));
}
#endif // 0
#include <iterator>
#include <utility>
#include "internal/gtest-internal.h"
#include "internal/gtest-param-util.h"
#include "internal/gtest-port.h"
namespace testing {
// Functions producing parameter generators.
//
// Google Test uses these generators to produce parameters for value-
// parameterized tests. When a parameterized test suite is instantiated
// with a particular generator, Google Test creates and runs tests
// for each element in the sequence produced by the generator.
//
// In the following sample, tests from test suite FooTest are instantiated
// each three times with parameter values 3, 5, and 8:
//
// class FooTest : public TestWithParam<int> { ... };
//
// TEST_P(FooTest, TestThis) {
// }
// TEST_P(FooTest, TestThat) {
// }
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(TestSequence, FooTest, Values(3, 5, 8));
//
// Range() returns generators providing sequences of values in a range.
//
// Synopsis:
// Range(start, end)
// - returns a generator producing a sequence of values {start, start+1,
// start+2, ..., }.
// Range(start, end, step)
// - returns a generator producing a sequence of values {start, start+step,
// start+step+step, ..., }.
// Notes:
// * The generated sequences never include end. For example, Range(1, 5)
// returns a generator producing a sequence {1, 2, 3, 4}. Range(1, 9, 2)
// returns a generator producing {1, 3, 5, 7}.
// * start and end must have the same type. That type may be any integral or
// floating-point type or a user defined type satisfying these conditions:
// * It must be assignable (have operator=() defined).
// * It must have operator+() (operator+(int-compatible type) for
// two-operand version).
// * It must have operator<() defined.
// Elements in the resulting sequences will also have that type.
// * Condition start < end must be satisfied in order for resulting sequences
// to contain any elements.
//
template <typename T, typename IncrementT>
internal::ParamGenerator<T> Range(T start, T end, IncrementT step) {
return internal::ParamGenerator<T>(
new internal::RangeGenerator<T, IncrementT>(start, end, step));
}
template <typename T>
internal::ParamGenerator<T> Range(T start, T end) {
return Range(start, end, 1);
}
// ValuesIn() function allows generation of tests with parameters coming from
// a container.
//
// Synopsis:
// ValuesIn(const T (&array)[N])
// - returns a generator producing sequences with elements from
// a C-style array.
// ValuesIn(const Container& container)
// - returns a generator producing sequences with elements from
// an STL-style container.
// ValuesIn(Iterator begin, Iterator end)
// - returns a generator producing sequences with elements from
// a range [begin, end) defined by a pair of STL-style iterators. These
// iterators can also be plain C pointers.
//
// Please note that ValuesIn copies the values from the containers
// passed in and keeps them to generate tests in RUN_ALL_TESTS().
//
// Examples:
//
// This instantiates tests from test suite StringTest
// each with C-string values of "foo", "bar", and "baz":
//
// const char* strings[] = {"foo", "bar", "baz"};
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(StringSequence, StringTest, ValuesIn(strings));
//
// This instantiates tests from test suite StlStringTest
// each with STL strings with values "a" and "b":
//
// ::std::vector< ::std::string> GetParameterStrings() {
// ::std::vector< ::std::string> v;
// v.push_back("a");
// v.push_back("b");
// return v;
// }
//
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(CharSequence,
// StlStringTest,
// ValuesIn(GetParameterStrings()));
//
//
// This will also instantiate tests from CharTest
// each with parameter values 'a' and 'b':
//
// ::std::list<char> GetParameterChars() {
// ::std::list<char> list;
// list.push_back('a');
// list.push_back('b');
// return list;
// }
// ::std::list<char> l = GetParameterChars();
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(CharSequence2,
// CharTest,
// ValuesIn(l.begin(), l.end()));
//
template <typename ForwardIterator>
internal::ParamGenerator<
typename std::iterator_traits<ForwardIterator>::value_type>
ValuesIn(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end) {
typedef typename std::iterator_traits<ForwardIterator>::value_type ParamType;
return internal::ParamGenerator<ParamType>(
new internal::ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator<ParamType>(begin, end));
}
template <typename T, size_t N>
internal::ParamGenerator<T> ValuesIn(const T (&array)[N]) {
return ValuesIn(array, array + N);
}
template <class Container>
internal::ParamGenerator<typename Container::value_type> ValuesIn(
const Container& container) {
return ValuesIn(container.begin(), container.end());
}
// Values() allows generating tests from explicitly specified list of
// parameters.
//
// Synopsis:
// Values(T v1, T v2, ..., T vN)
// - returns a generator producing sequences with elements v1, v2, ..., vN.
//
// For example, this instantiates tests from test suite BarTest each
// with values "one", "two", and "three":
//
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(NumSequence,
// BarTest,
// Values("one", "two", "three"));
//
// This instantiates tests from test suite BazTest each with values 1, 2, 3.5.
// The exact type of values will depend on the type of parameter in BazTest.
//
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(FloatingNumbers, BazTest, Values(1, 2, 3.5));
//
//
template <typename... T>
internal::ValueArray<T...> Values(T... v) {
return internal::ValueArray<T...>(std::move(v)...);
}
// Bool() allows generating tests with parameters in a set of (false, true).
//
// Synopsis:
// Bool()
// - returns a generator producing sequences with elements {false, true}.
//
// It is useful when testing code that depends on Boolean flags. Combinations
// of multiple flags can be tested when several Bool()'s are combined using
// Combine() function.
//
// In the following example all tests in the test suite FlagDependentTest
// will be instantiated twice with parameters false and true.
//
// class FlagDependentTest : public testing::TestWithParam<bool> {
// virtual void SetUp() {
// external_flag = GetParam();
// }
// }
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(BoolSequence, FlagDependentTest, Bool());
//
inline internal::ParamGenerator<bool> Bool() {
return Values(false, true);
}
// Combine() allows the user to combine two or more sequences to produce
// values of a Cartesian product of those sequences' elements.
//
// Synopsis:
// Combine(gen1, gen2, ..., genN)
// - returns a generator producing sequences with elements coming from
// the Cartesian product of elements from the sequences generated by
// gen1, gen2, ..., genN. The sequence elements will have a type of
// std::tuple<T1, T2, ..., TN> where T1, T2, ..., TN are the types
// of elements from sequences produces by gen1, gen2, ..., genN.
//
// Combine can have up to 10 arguments.
//
// Example:
//
// This will instantiate tests in test suite AnimalTest each one with
// the parameter values tuple("cat", BLACK), tuple("cat", WHITE),
// tuple("dog", BLACK), and tuple("dog", WHITE):
//
// enum Color { BLACK, GRAY, WHITE };
// class AnimalTest
// : public testing::TestWithParam<std::tuple<const char*, Color> > {...};
//
// TEST_P(AnimalTest, AnimalLooksNice) {...}
//
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(AnimalVariations, AnimalTest,
// Combine(Values("cat", "dog"),
// Values(BLACK, WHITE)));
//
// This will instantiate tests in FlagDependentTest with all variations of two
// Boolean flags:
//
// class FlagDependentTest
// : public testing::TestWithParam<std::tuple<bool, bool> > {
// virtual void SetUp() {
// // Assigns external_flag_1 and external_flag_2 values from the tuple.
// std::tie(external_flag_1, external_flag_2) = GetParam();
// }
// };
//
// TEST_P(FlagDependentTest, TestFeature1) {
// // Test your code using external_flag_1 and external_flag_2 here.
// }
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(TwoBoolSequence, FlagDependentTest,
// Combine(Bool(), Bool()));
//
template <typename... Generator>
internal::CartesianProductHolder<Generator...> Combine(const Generator&... g) {
return internal::CartesianProductHolder<Generator...>(g...);
}
#define TEST_P(test_suite_name, test_name) \
static_assert(sizeof(GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_suite_name)) > 1, \
"test_suite_name must not be empty"); \
static_assert(sizeof(GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_name)) > 1, \
"test_name must not be empty"); \
class GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(test_suite_name, test_name) \
: public test_suite_name { \
public: \
GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(test_suite_name, test_name)() {} \
void TestBody() override; \
\
private: \
static int AddToRegistry() { \
::testing::UnitTest::GetInstance() \
->parameterized_test_registry() \
.GetTestSuitePatternHolder<test_suite_name>( \
GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_suite_name), \
::testing::internal::CodeLocation(__FILE__, __LINE__)) \
->AddTestPattern( \
GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_suite_name), GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_name), \
new ::testing::internal::TestMetaFactory<GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_( \
test_suite_name, test_name)>()); \
return 0; \
} \
static int gtest_registering_dummy_ GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_; \
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(test_suite_name, \
test_name)); \
}; \
int GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(test_suite_name, \
test_name)::gtest_registering_dummy_ = \
GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(test_suite_name, test_name)::AddToRegistry(); \
void GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(test_suite_name, test_name)::TestBody()
// The last argument to INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P allows the user to specify
// generator and an optional function or functor that generates custom test name
// suffixes based on the test parameters. Such a function or functor should
// accept one argument of type testing::TestParamInfo<class ParamType>, and
// return std::string.
//
// testing::PrintToStringParamName is a builtin test suffix generator that
// returns the value of testing::PrintToString(GetParam()).
//
// Note: test names must be non-empty, unique, and may only contain ASCII
// alphanumeric characters or underscore. Because PrintToString adds quotes
// to std::string and C strings, it won't work for these types.
#define GTEST_EXPAND_(arg) arg
#define GTEST_GET_FIRST_(first, ...) first
#define GTEST_GET_SECOND_(first, second, ...) second
#define INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P(prefix, test_suite_name, ...) \
static_assert(sizeof(GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_suite_name)) > 1, \
"test_suite_name must not be empty"); \
static_assert(sizeof(GTEST_STRINGIFY_(prefix)) > 1, \
"prefix must not be empty"); \
static ::testing::internal::ParamGenerator<test_suite_name::ParamType> \
gtest_##prefix##test_suite_name##_EvalGenerator_() { \
return GTEST_EXPAND_(GTEST_GET_FIRST_(__VA_ARGS__, DUMMY_PARAM_)); \
} \
static ::std::string gtest_##prefix##test_suite_name##_EvalGenerateName_( \
const ::testing::TestParamInfo<test_suite_name::ParamType>& info) { \
if (::testing::internal::AlwaysFalse()) { \
::testing::internal::TestNotEmpty(GTEST_EXPAND_(GTEST_GET_SECOND_( \
__VA_ARGS__, \
::testing::internal::DefaultParamName<test_suite_name::ParamType>, \
DUMMY_PARAM_))); \
auto t = std::make_tuple(__VA_ARGS__); \
static_assert(std::tuple_size<decltype(t)>::value <= 2, \
"Too Many Args!"); \
} \
return ((GTEST_EXPAND_(GTEST_GET_SECOND_( \
__VA_ARGS__, \
::testing::internal::DefaultParamName<test_suite_name::ParamType>, \
DUMMY_PARAM_))))(info); \
} \
static int gtest_##prefix##test_suite_name##_dummy_ \
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_ = \
::testing::UnitTest::GetInstance() \
->parameterized_test_registry() \
.GetTestSuitePatternHolder<test_suite_name>( \
GTEST_STRINGIFY_(test_suite_name), \
::testing::internal::CodeLocation(__FILE__, __LINE__)) \
->AddTestSuiteInstantiation( \
GTEST_STRINGIFY_(prefix), \
&gtest_##prefix##test_suite_name##_EvalGenerator_, \
&gtest_##prefix##test_suite_name##_EvalGenerateName_, \
__FILE__, __LINE__)
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define INSTANTIATE_TEST_CASE_P \
static_assert(::testing::internal::InstantiateTestCase_P_IsDeprecated(), \
""); \
INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PARAM_TEST_H_

928
core/deps/gtest/gtest-printers.h
View File

@ -1,928 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Google Test - The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework
//
// This file implements a universal value printer that can print a
// value of any type T:
//
// void ::testing::internal::UniversalPrinter<T>::Print(value, ostream_ptr);
//
// A user can teach this function how to print a class type T by
// defining either operator<<() or PrintTo() in the namespace that
// defines T. More specifically, the FIRST defined function in the
// following list will be used (assuming T is defined in namespace
// foo):
//
// 1. foo::PrintTo(const T&, ostream*)
// 2. operator<<(ostream&, const T&) defined in either foo or the
// global namespace.
//
// However if T is an STL-style container then it is printed element-wise
// unless foo::PrintTo(const T&, ostream*) is defined. Note that
// operator<<() is ignored for container types.
//
// If none of the above is defined, it will print the debug string of
// the value if it is a protocol buffer, or print the raw bytes in the
// value otherwise.
//
// To aid debugging: when T is a reference type, the address of the
// value is also printed; when T is a (const) char pointer, both the
// pointer value and the NUL-terminated string it points to are
// printed.
//
// We also provide some convenient wrappers:
//
// // Prints a value to a string. For a (const or not) char
// // pointer, the NUL-terminated string (but not the pointer) is
// // printed.
// std::string ::testing::PrintToString(const T& value);
//
// // Prints a value tersely: for a reference type, the referenced
// // value (but not the address) is printed; for a (const or not) char
// // pointer, the NUL-terminated string (but not the pointer) is
// // printed.
// void ::testing::internal::UniversalTersePrint(const T& value, ostream*);
//
// // Prints value using the type inferred by the compiler. The difference
// // from UniversalTersePrint() is that this function prints both the
// // pointer and the NUL-terminated string for a (const or not) char pointer.
// void ::testing::internal::UniversalPrint(const T& value, ostream*);
//
// // Prints the fields of a tuple tersely to a string vector, one
// // element for each field. Tuple support must be enabled in
// // gtest-port.h.
// std::vector<string> UniversalTersePrintTupleFieldsToStrings(
// const Tuple& value);
//
// Known limitation:
//
// The print primitives print the elements of an STL-style container
// using the compiler-inferred type of *iter where iter is a
// const_iterator of the container. When const_iterator is an input
// iterator but not a forward iterator, this inferred type may not
// match value_type, and the print output may be incorrect. In
// practice, this is rarely a problem as for most containers
// const_iterator is a forward iterator. We'll fix this if there's an
// actual need for it. Note that this fix cannot rely on value_type
// being defined as many user-defined container types don't have
// value_type.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PRINTERS_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PRINTERS_H_
#include <functional>
#include <ostream> // NOLINT
#include <sstream>
#include <string>
#include <tuple>
#include <type_traits>
#include <utility>
#include <vector>
#include "internal/gtest-internal.h"
#include "internal/gtest-port.h"
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
#include "absl/strings/string_view.h"
#include "absl/types/optional.h"
#include "absl/types/variant.h"
#endif // GTEST_HAS_ABSL
namespace testing {
// Definitions in the 'internal' and 'internal2' name spaces are
// subject to change without notice. DO NOT USE THEM IN USER CODE!
namespace internal2 {
// Prints the given number of bytes in the given object to the given
// ostream.
GTEST_API_ void PrintBytesInObjectTo(const unsigned char* obj_bytes,
size_t count,
::std::ostream* os);
// For selecting which printer to use when a given type has neither <<
// nor PrintTo().
enum TypeKind {
kProtobuf, // a protobuf type
kConvertibleToInteger, // a type implicitly convertible to std::intmax_t
// (e.g. a named or unnamed enum type)
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
kConvertibleToStringView, // a type implicitly convertible to
// absl::string_view
#endif
kOtherType // anything else
};
// TypeWithoutFormatter<T, kTypeKind>::PrintValue(value, os) is called
// by the universal printer to print a value of type T when neither
// operator<< nor PrintTo() is defined for T, where kTypeKind is the
// "kind" of T as defined by enum TypeKind.
template <typename T, TypeKind kTypeKind>
class TypeWithoutFormatter {
public:
// This default version is called when kTypeKind is kOtherType.
static void PrintValue(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintBytesInObjectTo(
static_cast<const unsigned char*>(
reinterpret_cast<const void*>(std::addressof(value))),
sizeof(value), os);
}
};
// We print a protobuf using its ShortDebugString() when the string
// doesn't exceed this many characters; otherwise we print it using
// DebugString() for better readability.
const size_t kProtobufOneLinerMaxLength = 50;
template <typename T>
class TypeWithoutFormatter<T, kProtobuf> {
public:
static void PrintValue(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
std::string pretty_str = value.ShortDebugString();
if (pretty_str.length() > kProtobufOneLinerMaxLength) {
pretty_str = "\n" + value.DebugString();
}
*os << ("<" + pretty_str + ">");
}
};
template <typename T>
class TypeWithoutFormatter<T, kConvertibleToInteger> {
public:
// Since T has no << operator or PrintTo() but can be implicitly
// converted to the maximum width integer, we print it as a std::intmax_t.
//
// Most likely T is an enum type (either named or unnamed), in which
// case printing it as an integer is the desired behavior. In case
// T is not an enum, printing it as an integer is the best we can do
// given that it has no user-defined printer.
static void PrintValue(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
const std::intmax_t kBigInt = value;
*os << kBigInt;
}
};
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
template <typename T>
class TypeWithoutFormatter<T, kConvertibleToStringView> {
public:
// Since T has neither operator<< nor PrintTo() but can be implicitly
// converted to absl::string_view, we print it as a absl::string_view.
//
// Note: the implementation is further below, as it depends on
// internal::PrintTo symbol which is defined later in the file.
static void PrintValue(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os);
};
#endif
// Prints the given value to the given ostream. If the value is a
// protocol message, its debug string is printed; if it's an enum or
// of a type implicitly convertible to std::intmax_t, it's printed as an
// integer; otherwise the bytes in the value are printed. This is
// what UniversalPrinter<T>::Print() does when it knows nothing about
// type T and T has neither << operator nor PrintTo().
//
// A user can override this behavior for a class type Foo by defining
// a << operator in the namespace where Foo is defined.
//
// We put this operator in namespace 'internal2' instead of 'internal'
// to simplify the implementation, as much code in 'internal' needs to
// use << in STL, which would conflict with our own << were it defined
// in 'internal'.
//
// Note that this operator<< takes a generic std::basic_ostream<Char,
// CharTraits> type instead of the more restricted std::ostream. If
// we define it to take an std::ostream instead, we'll get an
// "ambiguous overloads" compiler error when trying to print a type
// Foo that supports streaming to std::basic_ostream<Char,
// CharTraits>, as the compiler cannot tell whether
// operator<<(std::ostream&, const T&) or
// operator<<(std::basic_stream<Char, CharTraits>, const Foo&) is more
// specific.
template <typename Char, typename CharTraits, typename T>
::std::basic_ostream<Char, CharTraits>& operator<<(
::std::basic_ostream<Char, CharTraits>& os, const T& x) {
TypeWithoutFormatter<
T, (internal::IsAProtocolMessage<T>::value
? kProtobuf
: std::is_convertible<const T&, std::intmax_t>::value
? kConvertibleToInteger
:
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
std::is_convertible<const T&, absl::string_view>::value
? kConvertibleToStringView
:
#endif
kOtherType)>::PrintValue(x, &os);
return os;
}
} // namespace internal2
} // namespace testing
// This namespace MUST NOT BE NESTED IN ::testing, or the name look-up
// magic needed for implementing UniversalPrinter won't work.
namespace testing_internal {
// Used to print a value that is not an STL-style container when the
// user doesn't define PrintTo() for it.
template <typename T>
void DefaultPrintNonContainerTo(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
// With the following statement, during unqualified name lookup,
// testing::internal2::operator<< appears as if it was declared in
// the nearest enclosing namespace that contains both
// ::testing_internal and ::testing::internal2, i.e. the global
// namespace. For more details, refer to the C++ Standard section
// 7.3.4-1 [namespace.udir]. This allows us to fall back onto
// testing::internal2::operator<< in case T doesn't come with a <<
// operator.
//
// We cannot write 'using ::testing::internal2::operator<<;', which
// gcc 3.3 fails to compile due to a compiler bug.
using namespace ::testing::internal2; // NOLINT
// Assuming T is defined in namespace foo, in the next statement,
// the compiler will consider all of:
//
// 1. foo::operator<< (thanks to Koenig look-up),
// 2. ::operator<< (as the current namespace is enclosed in ::),
// 3. testing::internal2::operator<< (thanks to the using statement above).
//
// The operator<< whose type matches T best will be picked.
//
// We deliberately allow #2 to be a candidate, as sometimes it's
// impossible to define #1 (e.g. when foo is ::std, defining
// anything in it is undefined behavior unless you are a compiler
// vendor.).
*os << value;
}
} // namespace testing_internal
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
// FormatForComparison<ToPrint, OtherOperand>::Format(value) formats a
// value of type ToPrint that is an operand of a comparison assertion
// (e.g. ASSERT_EQ). OtherOperand is the type of the other operand in
// the comparison, and is used to help determine the best way to
// format the value. In particular, when the value is a C string
// (char pointer) and the other operand is an STL string object, we
// want to format the C string as a string, since we know it is
// compared by value with the string object. If the value is a char
// pointer but the other operand is not an STL string object, we don't
// know whether the pointer is supposed to point to a NUL-terminated
// string, and thus want to print it as a pointer to be safe.
//
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN A USER PROGRAM.
// The default case.
template <typename ToPrint, typename OtherOperand>
class FormatForComparison {
public:
static ::std::string Format(const ToPrint& value) {
return ::testing::PrintToString(value);
}
};
// Array.
template <typename ToPrint, size_t N, typename OtherOperand>
class FormatForComparison<ToPrint[N], OtherOperand> {
public:
static ::std::string Format(const ToPrint* value) {
return FormatForComparison<const ToPrint*, OtherOperand>::Format(value);
}
};
// By default, print C string as pointers to be safe, as we don't know
// whether they actually point to a NUL-terminated string.
#define GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_POINTER_(CharType) \
template <typename OtherOperand> \
class FormatForComparison<CharType*, OtherOperand> { \
public: \
static ::std::string Format(CharType* value) { \
return ::testing::PrintToString(static_cast<const void*>(value)); \
} \
}
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_POINTER_(char);
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_POINTER_(const char);
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_POINTER_(wchar_t);
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_POINTER_(const wchar_t);
#undef GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_POINTER_
// If a C string is compared with an STL string object, we know it's meant
// to point to a NUL-terminated string, and thus can print it as a string.
#define GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_STRING_(CharType, OtherStringType) \
template <> \
class FormatForComparison<CharType*, OtherStringType> { \
public: \
static ::std::string Format(CharType* value) { \
return ::testing::PrintToString(value); \
} \
}
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_STRING_(char, ::std::string);
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_STRING_(const char, ::std::string);
#if GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_STRING_(wchar_t, ::std::wstring);
GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_STRING_(const wchar_t, ::std::wstring);
#endif
#undef GTEST_IMPL_FORMAT_C_STRING_AS_STRING_
// Formats a comparison assertion (e.g. ASSERT_EQ, EXPECT_LT, and etc)
// operand to be used in a failure message. The type (but not value)
// of the other operand may affect the format. This allows us to
// print a char* as a raw pointer when it is compared against another
// char* or void*, and print it as a C string when it is compared
// against an std::string object, for example.
//
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN A USER PROGRAM.
template <typename T1, typename T2>
std::string FormatForComparisonFailureMessage(
const T1& value, const T2& /* other_operand */) {
return FormatForComparison<T1, T2>::Format(value);
}
// UniversalPrinter<T>::Print(value, ostream_ptr) prints the given
// value to the given ostream. The caller must ensure that
// 'ostream_ptr' is not NULL, or the behavior is undefined.
//
// We define UniversalPrinter as a class template (as opposed to a
// function template), as we need to partially specialize it for
// reference types, which cannot be done with function templates.
template <typename T>
class UniversalPrinter;
template <typename T>
void UniversalPrint(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os);
enum DefaultPrinterType {
kPrintContainer,
kPrintPointer,
kPrintFunctionPointer,
kPrintOther,
};
template <DefaultPrinterType type> struct WrapPrinterType {};
// Used to print an STL-style container when the user doesn't define
// a PrintTo() for it.
template <typename C>
void DefaultPrintTo(WrapPrinterType<kPrintContainer> /* dummy */,
const C& container, ::std::ostream* os) {
const size_t kMaxCount = 32; // The maximum number of elements to print.
*os << '{';
size_t count = 0;
for (typename C::const_iterator it = container.begin();
it != container.end(); ++it, ++count) {
if (count > 0) {
*os << ',';
if (count == kMaxCount) { // Enough has been printed.
*os << " ...";
break;
}
}
*os << ' ';
// We cannot call PrintTo(*it, os) here as PrintTo() doesn't
// handle *it being a native array.
internal::UniversalPrint(*it, os);
}
if (count > 0) {
*os << ' ';
}
*os << '}';
}
// Used to print a pointer that is neither a char pointer nor a member
// pointer, when the user doesn't define PrintTo() for it. (A member
// variable pointer or member function pointer doesn't really point to
// a location in the address space. Their representation is
// implementation-defined. Therefore they will be printed as raw
// bytes.)
template <typename T>
void DefaultPrintTo(WrapPrinterType<kPrintPointer> /* dummy */,
T* p, ::std::ostream* os) {
if (p == nullptr) {
*os << "NULL";
} else {
// T is not a function type. We just call << to print p,
// relying on ADL to pick up user-defined << for their pointer
// types, if any.
*os << p;
}
}
template <typename T>
void DefaultPrintTo(WrapPrinterType<kPrintFunctionPointer> /* dummy */,
T* p, ::std::ostream* os) {
if (p == nullptr) {
*os << "NULL";
} else {
// T is a function type, so '*os << p' doesn't do what we want
// (it just prints p as bool). We want to print p as a const
// void*.
*os << reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p);
}
}
// Used to print a non-container, non-pointer value when the user
// doesn't define PrintTo() for it.
template <typename T>
void DefaultPrintTo(WrapPrinterType<kPrintOther> /* dummy */,
const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
::testing_internal::DefaultPrintNonContainerTo(value, os);
}
// Prints the given value using the << operator if it has one;
// otherwise prints the bytes in it. This is what
// UniversalPrinter<T>::Print() does when PrintTo() is not specialized
// or overloaded for type T.
//
// A user can override this behavior for a class type Foo by defining
// an overload of PrintTo() in the namespace where Foo is defined. We
// give the user this option as sometimes defining a << operator for
// Foo is not desirable (e.g. the coding style may prevent doing it,
// or there is already a << operator but it doesn't do what the user
// wants).
template <typename T>
void PrintTo(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
// DefaultPrintTo() is overloaded. The type of its first argument
// determines which version will be picked.
//
// Note that we check for container types here, prior to we check
// for protocol message types in our operator<<. The rationale is:
//
// For protocol messages, we want to give people a chance to
// override Google Mock's format by defining a PrintTo() or
// operator<<. For STL containers, other formats can be
// incompatible with Google Mock's format for the container
// elements; therefore we check for container types here to ensure
// that our format is used.
//
// Note that MSVC and clang-cl do allow an implicit conversion from
// pointer-to-function to pointer-to-object, but clang-cl warns on it.
// So don't use ImplicitlyConvertible if it can be helped since it will
// cause this warning, and use a separate overload of DefaultPrintTo for
// function pointers so that the `*os << p` in the object pointer overload
// doesn't cause that warning either.
DefaultPrintTo(
WrapPrinterType <
(sizeof(IsContainerTest<T>(0)) == sizeof(IsContainer)) &&
!IsRecursiveContainer<T>::value
? kPrintContainer
: !std::is_pointer<T>::value
? kPrintOther
: std::is_function<typename std::remove_pointer<T>::type>::value
? kPrintFunctionPointer
: kPrintPointer > (),
value, os);
}
// The following list of PrintTo() overloads tells
// UniversalPrinter<T>::Print() how to print standard types (built-in
// types, strings, plain arrays, and pointers).
// Overloads for various char types.
GTEST_API_ void PrintTo(unsigned char c, ::std::ostream* os);
GTEST_API_ void PrintTo(signed char c, ::std::ostream* os);
inline void PrintTo(char c, ::std::ostream* os) {
// When printing a plain char, we always treat it as unsigned. This
// way, the output won't be affected by whether the compiler thinks
// char is signed or not.
PrintTo(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), os);
}
// Overloads for other simple built-in types.
inline void PrintTo(bool x, ::std::ostream* os) {
*os << (x ? "true" : "false");
}
// Overload for wchar_t type.
// Prints a wchar_t as a symbol if it is printable or as its internal
// code otherwise and also as its decimal code (except for L'\0').
// The L'\0' char is printed as "L'\\0'". The decimal code is printed
// as signed integer when wchar_t is implemented by the compiler
// as a signed type and is printed as an unsigned integer when wchar_t
// is implemented as an unsigned type.
GTEST_API_ void PrintTo(wchar_t wc, ::std::ostream* os);
// Overloads for C strings.
GTEST_API_ void PrintTo(const char* s, ::std::ostream* os);
inline void PrintTo(char* s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(ImplicitCast_<const char*>(s), os);
}
// signed/unsigned char is often used for representing binary data, so
// we print pointers to it as void* to be safe.
inline void PrintTo(const signed char* s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(ImplicitCast_<const void*>(s), os);
}
inline void PrintTo(signed char* s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(ImplicitCast_<const void*>(s), os);
}
inline void PrintTo(const unsigned char* s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(ImplicitCast_<const void*>(s), os);
}
inline void PrintTo(unsigned char* s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(ImplicitCast_<const void*>(s), os);
}
// MSVC can be configured to define wchar_t as a typedef of unsigned
// short. It defines _NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED when wchar_t is a native
// type. When wchar_t is a typedef, defining an overload for const
// wchar_t* would cause unsigned short* be printed as a wide string,
// possibly causing invalid memory accesses.
#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED)
// Overloads for wide C strings
GTEST_API_ void PrintTo(const wchar_t* s, ::std::ostream* os);
inline void PrintTo(wchar_t* s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(ImplicitCast_<const wchar_t*>(s), os);
}
#endif
// Overload for C arrays. Multi-dimensional arrays are printed
// properly.
// Prints the given number of elements in an array, without printing
// the curly braces.
template <typename T>
void PrintRawArrayTo(const T a[], size_t count, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalPrint(a[0], os);
for (size_t i = 1; i != count; i++) {
*os << ", ";
UniversalPrint(a[i], os);
}
}
// Overloads for ::std::string.
GTEST_API_ void PrintStringTo(const ::std::string&s, ::std::ostream* os);
inline void PrintTo(const ::std::string& s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintStringTo(s, os);
}
// Overloads for ::std::wstring.
#if GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
GTEST_API_ void PrintWideStringTo(const ::std::wstring&s, ::std::ostream* os);
inline void PrintTo(const ::std::wstring& s, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintWideStringTo(s, os);
}
#endif // GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// Overload for absl::string_view.
inline void PrintTo(absl::string_view sp, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTo(::std::string(sp), os);
}
#endif // GTEST_HAS_ABSL
inline void PrintTo(std::nullptr_t, ::std::ostream* os) { *os << "(nullptr)"; }
template <typename T>
void PrintTo(std::reference_wrapper<T> ref, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalPrinter<T&>::Print(ref.get(), os);
}
// Helper function for printing a tuple. T must be instantiated with
// a tuple type.
template <typename T>
void PrintTupleTo(const T&, std::integral_constant<size_t, 0>,
::std::ostream*) {}
template <typename T, size_t I>
void PrintTupleTo(const T& t, std::integral_constant<size_t, I>,
::std::ostream* os) {
PrintTupleTo(t, std::integral_constant<size_t, I - 1>(), os);
GTEST_INTENTIONAL_CONST_COND_PUSH_()
if (I > 1) {
GTEST_INTENTIONAL_CONST_COND_POP_()
*os << ", ";
}
UniversalPrinter<typename std::tuple_element<I - 1, T>::type>::Print(
std::get<I - 1>(t), os);
}
template <typename... Types>
void PrintTo(const ::std::tuple<Types...>& t, ::std::ostream* os) {
*os << "(";
PrintTupleTo(t, std::integral_constant<size_t, sizeof...(Types)>(), os);
*os << ")";
}
// Overload for std::pair.
template <typename T1, typename T2>
void PrintTo(const ::std::pair<T1, T2>& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
*os << '(';
// We cannot use UniversalPrint(value.first, os) here, as T1 may be
// a reference type. The same for printing value.second.
UniversalPrinter<T1>::Print(value.first, os);
*os << ", ";
UniversalPrinter<T2>::Print(value.second, os);
*os << ')';
}
// Implements printing a non-reference type T by letting the compiler
// pick the right overload of PrintTo() for T.
template <typename T>
class UniversalPrinter {
public:
// MSVC warns about adding const to a function type, so we want to
// disable the warning.
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4180)
// Note: we deliberately don't call this PrintTo(), as that name
// conflicts with ::testing::internal::PrintTo in the body of the
// function.
static void Print(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
// By default, ::testing::internal::PrintTo() is used for printing
// the value.
//
// Thanks to Koenig look-up, if T is a class and has its own
// PrintTo() function defined in its namespace, that function will
// be visible here. Since it is more specific than the generic ones
// in ::testing::internal, it will be picked by the compiler in the
// following statement - exactly what we want.
PrintTo(value, os);
}
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_()
};
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// Printer for absl::optional
template <typename T>
class UniversalPrinter<::absl::optional<T>> {
public:
static void Print(const ::absl::optional<T>& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
*os << '(';
if (!value) {
*os << "nullopt";
} else {
UniversalPrint(*value, os);
}
*os << ')';
}
};
// Printer for absl::variant
template <typename... T>
class UniversalPrinter<::absl::variant<T...>> {
public:
static void Print(const ::absl::variant<T...>& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
*os << '(';
absl::visit(Visitor{os}, value);
*os << ')';
}
private:
struct Visitor {
template <typename U>
void operator()(const U& u) const {
*os << "'" << GetTypeName<U>() << "' with value ";
UniversalPrint(u, os);
}
::std::ostream* os;
};
};
#endif // GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// UniversalPrintArray(begin, len, os) prints an array of 'len'
// elements, starting at address 'begin'.
template <typename T>
void UniversalPrintArray(const T* begin, size_t len, ::std::ostream* os) {
if (len == 0) {
*os << "{}";
} else {
*os << "{ ";
const size_t kThreshold = 18;
const size_t kChunkSize = 8;
// If the array has more than kThreshold elements, we'll have to
// omit some details by printing only the first and the last
// kChunkSize elements.
if (len <= kThreshold) {
PrintRawArrayTo(begin, len, os);
} else {
PrintRawArrayTo(begin, kChunkSize, os);
*os << ", ..., ";
PrintRawArrayTo(begin + len - kChunkSize, kChunkSize, os);
}
*os << " }";
}
}
// This overload prints a (const) char array compactly.
GTEST_API_ void UniversalPrintArray(
const char* begin, size_t len, ::std::ostream* os);
// This overload prints a (const) wchar_t array compactly.
GTEST_API_ void UniversalPrintArray(
const wchar_t* begin, size_t len, ::std::ostream* os);
// Implements printing an array type T[N].
template <typename T, size_t N>
class UniversalPrinter<T[N]> {
public:
// Prints the given array, omitting some elements when there are too
// many.
static void Print(const T (&a)[N], ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalPrintArray(a, N, os);
}
};
// Implements printing a reference type T&.
template <typename T>
class UniversalPrinter<T&> {
public:
// MSVC warns about adding const to a function type, so we want to
// disable the warning.
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4180)
static void Print(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
// Prints the address of the value. We use reinterpret_cast here
// as static_cast doesn't compile when T is a function type.
*os << "@" << reinterpret_cast<const void*>(&value) << " ";
// Then prints the value itself.
UniversalPrint(value, os);
}
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_()
};
// Prints a value tersely: for a reference type, the referenced value
// (but not the address) is printed; for a (const) char pointer, the
// NUL-terminated string (but not the pointer) is printed.
template <typename T>
class UniversalTersePrinter {
public:
static void Print(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalPrint(value, os);
}
};
template <typename T>
class UniversalTersePrinter<T&> {
public:
static void Print(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalPrint(value, os);
}
};
template <typename T, size_t N>
class UniversalTersePrinter<T[N]> {
public:
static void Print(const T (&value)[N], ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalPrinter<T[N]>::Print(value, os);
}
};
template <>
class UniversalTersePrinter<const char*> {
public:
static void Print(const char* str, ::std::ostream* os) {
if (str == nullptr) {
*os << "NULL";
} else {
UniversalPrint(std::string(str), os);
}
}
};
template <>
class UniversalTersePrinter<char*> {
public:
static void Print(char* str, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalTersePrinter<const char*>::Print(str, os);
}
};
#if GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
template <>
class UniversalTersePrinter<const wchar_t*> {
public:
static void Print(const wchar_t* str, ::std::ostream* os) {
if (str == nullptr) {
*os << "NULL";
} else {
UniversalPrint(::std::wstring(str), os);
}
}
};
#endif
template <>
class UniversalTersePrinter<wchar_t*> {
public:
static void Print(wchar_t* str, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalTersePrinter<const wchar_t*>::Print(str, os);
}
};
template <typename T>
void UniversalTersePrint(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
UniversalTersePrinter<T>::Print(value, os);
}
// Prints a value using the type inferred by the compiler. The
// difference between this and UniversalTersePrint() is that for a
// (const) char pointer, this prints both the pointer and the
// NUL-terminated string.
template <typename T>
void UniversalPrint(const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
// A workarond for the bug in VC++ 7.1 that prevents us from instantiating
// UniversalPrinter with T directly.
typedef T T1;
UniversalPrinter<T1>::Print(value, os);
}
typedef ::std::vector< ::std::string> Strings;
// Tersely prints the first N fields of a tuple to a string vector,
// one element for each field.
template <typename Tuple>
void TersePrintPrefixToStrings(const Tuple&, std::integral_constant<size_t, 0>,
Strings*) {}
template <typename Tuple, size_t I>
void TersePrintPrefixToStrings(const Tuple& t,
std::integral_constant<size_t, I>,
Strings* strings) {
TersePrintPrefixToStrings(t, std::integral_constant<size_t, I - 1>(),
strings);
::std::stringstream ss;
UniversalTersePrint(std::get<I - 1>(t), &ss);
strings->push_back(ss.str());
}
// Prints the fields of a tuple tersely to a string vector, one
// element for each field. See the comment before
// UniversalTersePrint() for how we define "tersely".
template <typename Tuple>
Strings UniversalTersePrintTupleFieldsToStrings(const Tuple& value) {
Strings result;
TersePrintPrefixToStrings(
value, std::integral_constant<size_t, std::tuple_size<Tuple>::value>(),
&result);
return result;
}
} // namespace internal
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
namespace internal2 {
template <typename T>
void TypeWithoutFormatter<T, kConvertibleToStringView>::PrintValue(
const T& value, ::std::ostream* os) {
internal::PrintTo(absl::string_view(value), os);
}
} // namespace internal2
#endif
template <typename T>
::std::string PrintToString(const T& value) {
::std::stringstream ss;
internal::UniversalTersePrinter<T>::Print(value, &ss);
return ss.str();
}
} // namespace testing
// Include any custom printer added by the local installation.
// We must include this header at the end to make sure it can use the
// declarations from this file.
#include "internal/custom/gtest-printers.h"
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PRINTERS_H_

238
core/deps/gtest/gtest-spi.h
View File

@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Utilities for testing Google Test itself and code that uses Google Test
// (e.g. frameworks built on top of Google Test).
// GOOGLETEST_CM0004 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_SPI_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_SPI_H_
#include "gtest.h"
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4251 \
/* class A needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of class B */)
namespace testing {
// This helper class can be used to mock out Google Test failure reporting
// so that we can test Google Test or code that builds on Google Test.
//
// An object of this class appends a TestPartResult object to the
// TestPartResultArray object given in the constructor whenever a Google Test
// failure is reported. It can either intercept only failures that are
// generated in the same thread that created this object or it can intercept
// all generated failures. The scope of this mock object can be controlled with
// the second argument to the two arguments constructor.
class GTEST_API_ ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter
: public TestPartResultReporterInterface {
public:
// The two possible mocking modes of this object.
enum InterceptMode {
INTERCEPT_ONLY_CURRENT_THREAD, // Intercepts only thread local failures.
INTERCEPT_ALL_THREADS // Intercepts all failures.
};
// The c'tor sets this object as the test part result reporter used
// by Google Test. The 'result' parameter specifies where to report the
// results. This reporter will only catch failures generated in the current
// thread. DEPRECATED
explicit ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter(TestPartResultArray* result);
// Same as above, but you can choose the interception scope of this object.
ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter(InterceptMode intercept_mode,
TestPartResultArray* result);
// The d'tor restores the previous test part result reporter.
~ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter() override;
// Appends the TestPartResult object to the TestPartResultArray
// received in the constructor.
//
// This method is from the TestPartResultReporterInterface
// interface.
void ReportTestPartResult(const TestPartResult& result) override;
private:
void Init();
const InterceptMode intercept_mode_;
TestPartResultReporterInterface* old_reporter_;
TestPartResultArray* const result_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter);
};
namespace internal {
// A helper class for implementing EXPECT_FATAL_FAILURE() and
// EXPECT_NONFATAL_FAILURE(). Its destructor verifies that the given
// TestPartResultArray contains exactly one failure that has the given
// type and contains the given substring. If that's not the case, a
// non-fatal failure will be generated.
class GTEST_API_ SingleFailureChecker {
public:
// The constructor remembers the arguments.
SingleFailureChecker(const TestPartResultArray* results,
TestPartResult::Type type, const std::string& substr);
~SingleFailureChecker();
private:
const TestPartResultArray* const results_;
const TestPartResult::Type type_;
const std::string substr_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(SingleFailureChecker);
};
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_() // 4251
// A set of macros for testing Google Test assertions or code that's expected
// to generate Google Test fatal failures. It verifies that the given
// statement will cause exactly one fatal Google Test failure with 'substr'
// being part of the failure message.
//
// There are two different versions of this macro. EXPECT_FATAL_FAILURE only
// affects and considers failures generated in the current thread and
// EXPECT_FATAL_FAILURE_ON_ALL_THREADS does the same but for all threads.
//
// The verification of the assertion is done correctly even when the statement
// throws an exception or aborts the current function.
//
// Known restrictions:
// - 'statement' cannot reference local non-static variables or
// non-static members of the current object.
// - 'statement' cannot return a value.
// - You cannot stream a failure message to this macro.
//
// Note that even though the implementations of the following two
// macros are much alike, we cannot refactor them to use a common
// helper macro, due to some peculiarity in how the preprocessor
// works. The AcceptsMacroThatExpandsToUnprotectedComma test in
// gtest_unittest.cc will fail to compile if we do that.
#define EXPECT_FATAL_FAILURE(statement, substr) \
do { \
class GTestExpectFatalFailureHelper {\
public:\
static void Execute() { statement; }\
};\
::testing::TestPartResultArray gtest_failures;\
::testing::internal::SingleFailureChecker gtest_checker(\
&gtest_failures, ::testing::TestPartResult::kFatalFailure, (substr));\
{\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter gtest_reporter(\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter:: \
INTERCEPT_ONLY_CURRENT_THREAD, &gtest_failures);\
GTestExpectFatalFailureHelper::Execute();\
}\
} while (::testing::internal::AlwaysFalse())
#define EXPECT_FATAL_FAILURE_ON_ALL_THREADS(statement, substr) \
do { \
class GTestExpectFatalFailureHelper {\
public:\
static void Execute() { statement; }\
};\
::testing::TestPartResultArray gtest_failures;\
::testing::internal::SingleFailureChecker gtest_checker(\
&gtest_failures, ::testing::TestPartResult::kFatalFailure, (substr));\
{\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter gtest_reporter(\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter:: \
INTERCEPT_ALL_THREADS, &gtest_failures);\
GTestExpectFatalFailureHelper::Execute();\
}\
} while (::testing::internal::AlwaysFalse())
// A macro for testing Google Test assertions or code that's expected to
// generate Google Test non-fatal failures. It asserts that the given
// statement will cause exactly one non-fatal Google Test failure with 'substr'
// being part of the failure message.
//
// There are two different versions of this macro. EXPECT_NONFATAL_FAILURE only
// affects and considers failures generated in the current thread and
// EXPECT_NONFATAL_FAILURE_ON_ALL_THREADS does the same but for all threads.
//
// 'statement' is allowed to reference local variables and members of
// the current object.
//
// The verification of the assertion is done correctly even when the statement
// throws an exception or aborts the current function.
//
// Known restrictions:
// - You cannot stream a failure message to this macro.
//
// Note that even though the implementations of the following two
// macros are much alike, we cannot refactor them to use a common
// helper macro, due to some peculiarity in how the preprocessor
// works. If we do that, the code won't compile when the user gives
// EXPECT_NONFATAL_FAILURE() a statement that contains a macro that
// expands to code containing an unprotected comma. The
// AcceptsMacroThatExpandsToUnprotectedComma test in gtest_unittest.cc
// catches that.
//
// For the same reason, we have to write
// if (::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { statement; }
// instead of
// GTEST_SUPPRESS_UNREACHABLE_CODE_WARNING_BELOW_(statement)
// to avoid an MSVC warning on unreachable code.
#define EXPECT_NONFATAL_FAILURE(statement, substr) \
do {\
::testing::TestPartResultArray gtest_failures;\
::testing::internal::SingleFailureChecker gtest_checker(\
&gtest_failures, ::testing::TestPartResult::kNonFatalFailure, \
(substr));\
{\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter gtest_reporter(\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter:: \
INTERCEPT_ONLY_CURRENT_THREAD, &gtest_failures);\
if (::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { statement; }\
}\
} while (::testing::internal::AlwaysFalse())
#define EXPECT_NONFATAL_FAILURE_ON_ALL_THREADS(statement, substr) \
do {\
::testing::TestPartResultArray gtest_failures;\
::testing::internal::SingleFailureChecker gtest_checker(\
&gtest_failures, ::testing::TestPartResult::kNonFatalFailure, \
(substr));\
{\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter gtest_reporter(\
::testing::ScopedFakeTestPartResultReporter::INTERCEPT_ALL_THREADS, \
&gtest_failures);\
if (::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { statement; }\
}\
} while (::testing::internal::AlwaysFalse())
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_SPI_H_

185
core/deps/gtest/gtest-test-part.h
View File

@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_TEST_PART_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_TEST_PART_H_
#include <iosfwd>
#include <vector>
#include "internal/gtest-internal.h"
#include "internal/gtest-string.h"
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4251 \
/* class A needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of class B */)
namespace testing {
// A copyable object representing the result of a test part (i.e. an
// assertion or an explicit FAIL(), ADD_FAILURE(), or SUCCESS()).
//
// Don't inherit from TestPartResult as its destructor is not virtual.
class GTEST_API_ TestPartResult {
public:
// The possible outcomes of a test part (i.e. an assertion or an
// explicit SUCCEED(), FAIL(), or ADD_FAILURE()).
enum Type {
kSuccess, // Succeeded.
kNonFatalFailure, // Failed but the test can continue.
kFatalFailure, // Failed and the test should be terminated.
kSkip // Skipped.
};
// C'tor. TestPartResult does NOT have a default constructor.
// Always use this constructor (with parameters) to create a
// TestPartResult object.
TestPartResult(Type a_type, const char* a_file_name, int a_line_number,
const char* a_message)
: type_(a_type),
file_name_(a_file_name == nullptr ? "" : a_file_name),
line_number_(a_line_number),
summary_(ExtractSummary(a_message)),
message_(a_message) {}
// Gets the outcome of the test part.
Type type() const { return type_; }
// Gets the name of the source file where the test part took place, or
// NULL if it's unknown.
const char* file_name() const {
return file_name_.empty() ? nullptr : file_name_.c_str();
}
// Gets the line in the source file where the test part took place,
// or -1 if it's unknown.
int line_number() const { return line_number_; }
// Gets the summary of the failure message.
const char* summary() const { return summary_.c_str(); }
// Gets the message associated with the test part.
const char* message() const { return message_.c_str(); }
// Returns true if and only if the test part was skipped.
bool skipped() const { return type_ == kSkip; }
// Returns true if and only if the test part passed.
bool passed() const { return type_ == kSuccess; }
// Returns true if and only if the test part non-fatally failed.
bool nonfatally_failed() const { return type_ == kNonFatalFailure; }
// Returns true if and only if the test part fatally failed.
bool fatally_failed() const { return type_ == kFatalFailure; }
// Returns true if and only if the test part failed.
bool failed() const { return fatally_failed() || nonfatally_failed(); }
private:
Type type_;
// Gets the summary of the failure message by omitting the stack
// trace in it.
static std::string ExtractSummary(const char* message);
// The name of the source file where the test part took place, or
// "" if the source file is unknown.
std::string file_name_;
// The line in the source file where the test part took place, or -1
// if the line number is unknown.
int line_number_;
std::string summary_; // The test failure summary.
std::string message_; // The test failure message.
};
// Prints a TestPartResult object.
std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const TestPartResult& result);
// An array of TestPartResult objects.
//
// Don't inherit from TestPartResultArray as its destructor is not
// virtual.
class GTEST_API_ TestPartResultArray {
public:
TestPartResultArray() {}
// Appends the given TestPartResult to the array.
void Append(const TestPartResult& result);
// Returns the TestPartResult at the given index (0-based).
const TestPartResult& GetTestPartResult(int index) const;
// Returns the number of TestPartResult objects in the array.
int size() const;
private:
std::vector<TestPartResult> array_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(TestPartResultArray);
};
// This interface knows how to report a test part result.
class GTEST_API_ TestPartResultReporterInterface {
public:
virtual ~TestPartResultReporterInterface() {}
virtual void ReportTestPartResult(const TestPartResult& result) = 0;
};
namespace internal {
// This helper class is used by {ASSERT|EXPECT}_NO_FATAL_FAILURE to check if a
// statement generates new fatal failures. To do so it registers itself as the
// current test part result reporter. Besides checking if fatal failures were
// reported, it only delegates the reporting to the former result reporter.
// The original result reporter is restored in the destructor.
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN A USER PROGRAM.
class GTEST_API_ HasNewFatalFailureHelper
: public TestPartResultReporterInterface {
public:
HasNewFatalFailureHelper();
~HasNewFatalFailureHelper() override;
void ReportTestPartResult(const TestPartResult& result) override;
bool has_new_fatal_failure() const { return has_new_fatal_failure_; }
private:
bool has_new_fatal_failure_;
TestPartResultReporterInterface* original_reporter_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(HasNewFatalFailureHelper);
};
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_() // 4251
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_TEST_PART_H_

328
core/deps/gtest/gtest-typed-test.h
View File

@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.
// All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_TYPED_TEST_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_TYPED_TEST_H_
// This header implements typed tests and type-parameterized tests.
// Typed (aka type-driven) tests repeat the same test for types in a
// list. You must know which types you want to test with when writing
// typed tests. Here's how you do it:
#if 0
// First, define a fixture class template. It should be parameterized
// by a type. Remember to derive it from testing::Test.
template <typename T>
class FooTest : public testing::Test {
public:
...
typedef std::list<T> List;
static T shared_;
T value_;
};
// Next, associate a list of types with the test suite, which will be
// repeated for each type in the list. The typedef is necessary for
// the macro to parse correctly.
typedef testing::Types<char, int, unsigned int> MyTypes;
TYPED_TEST_SUITE(FooTest, MyTypes);
// If the type list contains only one type, you can write that type
// directly without Types<...>:
// TYPED_TEST_SUITE(FooTest, int);
// Then, use TYPED_TEST() instead of TEST_F() to define as many typed
// tests for this test suite as you want.
TYPED_TEST(FooTest, DoesBlah) {
// Inside a test, refer to the special name TypeParam to get the type
// parameter. Since we are inside a derived class template, C++ requires
// us to visit the members of FooTest via 'this'.
TypeParam n = this->value_;
// To visit static members of the fixture, add the TestFixture::
// prefix.
n += TestFixture::shared_;
// To refer to typedefs in the fixture, add the "typename
// TestFixture::" prefix.
typename TestFixture::List values;
values.push_back(n);
...
}
TYPED_TEST(FooTest, HasPropertyA) { ... }
// TYPED_TEST_SUITE takes an optional third argument which allows to specify a
// class that generates custom test name suffixes based on the type. This should
// be a class which has a static template function GetName(int index) returning
// a string for each type. The provided integer index equals the index of the
// type in the provided type list. In many cases the index can be ignored.
//
// For example:
// class MyTypeNames {
// public:
// template <typename T>
// static std::string GetName(int) {
// if (std::is_same<T, char>()) return "char";
// if (std::is_same<T, int>()) return "int";
// if (std::is_same<T, unsigned int>()) return "unsignedInt";
// }
// };
// TYPED_TEST_SUITE(FooTest, MyTypes, MyTypeNames);
#endif // 0
// Type-parameterized tests are abstract test patterns parameterized
// by a type. Compared with typed tests, type-parameterized tests
// allow you to define the test pattern without knowing what the type
// parameters are. The defined pattern can be instantiated with
// different types any number of times, in any number of translation
// units.
//
// If you are designing an interface or concept, you can define a
// suite of type-parameterized tests to verify properties that any
// valid implementation of the interface/concept should have. Then,
// each implementation can easily instantiate the test suite to verify
// that it conforms to the requirements, without having to write
// similar tests repeatedly. Here's an example:
#if 0
// First, define a fixture class template. It should be parameterized
// by a type. Remember to derive it from testing::Test.
template <typename T>
class FooTest : public testing::Test {
...
};
// Next, declare that you will define a type-parameterized test suite
// (the _P suffix is for "parameterized" or "pattern", whichever you
// prefer):
TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(FooTest);
// Then, use TYPED_TEST_P() to define as many type-parameterized tests
// for this type-parameterized test suite as you want.
TYPED_TEST_P(FooTest, DoesBlah) {
// Inside a test, refer to TypeParam to get the type parameter.
TypeParam n = 0;
...
}
TYPED_TEST_P(FooTest, HasPropertyA) { ... }
// Now the tricky part: you need to register all test patterns before
// you can instantiate them. The first argument of the macro is the
// test suite name; the rest are the names of the tests in this test
// case.
REGISTER_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(FooTest,
DoesBlah, HasPropertyA);
// Finally, you are free to instantiate the pattern with the types you
// want. If you put the above code in a header file, you can #include
// it in multiple C++ source files and instantiate it multiple times.
//
// To distinguish different instances of the pattern, the first
// argument to the INSTANTIATE_* macro is a prefix that will be added
// to the actual test suite name. Remember to pick unique prefixes for
// different instances.
typedef testing::Types<char, int, unsigned int> MyTypes;
INSTANTIATE_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(My, FooTest, MyTypes);
// If the type list contains only one type, you can write that type
// directly without Types<...>:
// INSTANTIATE_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(My, FooTest, int);
//
// Similar to the optional argument of TYPED_TEST_SUITE above,
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P takes an optional fourth argument which allows to
// generate custom names.
// INSTANTIATE_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(My, FooTest, MyTypes, MyTypeNames);
#endif // 0
#include "internal/gtest-port.h"
#include "internal/gtest-type-util.h"
// Implements typed tests.
#if GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// Expands to the name of the typedef for the type parameters of the
// given test suite.
#define GTEST_TYPE_PARAMS_(TestSuiteName) gtest_type_params_##TestSuiteName##_
// Expands to the name of the typedef for the NameGenerator, responsible for
// creating the suffixes of the name.
#define GTEST_NAME_GENERATOR_(TestSuiteName) \
gtest_type_params_##TestSuiteName##_NameGenerator
#define TYPED_TEST_SUITE(CaseName, Types, ...) \
typedef ::testing::internal::GenerateTypeList<Types>::type \
GTEST_TYPE_PARAMS_(CaseName); \
typedef ::testing::internal::NameGeneratorSelector<__VA_ARGS__>::type \
GTEST_NAME_GENERATOR_(CaseName)
#define TYPED_TEST(CaseName, TestName) \
template <typename gtest_TypeParam_> \
class GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(CaseName, TestName) \
: public CaseName<gtest_TypeParam_> { \
private: \
typedef CaseName<gtest_TypeParam_> TestFixture; \
typedef gtest_TypeParam_ TypeParam; \
void TestBody() override; \
}; \
static bool gtest_##CaseName##_##TestName##_registered_ \
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_ = ::testing::internal::TypeParameterizedTest< \
CaseName, \
::testing::internal::TemplateSel<GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(CaseName, \
TestName)>, \
GTEST_TYPE_PARAMS_( \
CaseName)>::Register("", \
::testing::internal::CodeLocation( \
__FILE__, __LINE__), \
#CaseName, #TestName, 0, \
::testing::internal::GenerateNames< \
GTEST_NAME_GENERATOR_(CaseName), \
GTEST_TYPE_PARAMS_(CaseName)>()); \
template <typename gtest_TypeParam_> \
void GTEST_TEST_CLASS_NAME_(CaseName, \
TestName)<gtest_TypeParam_>::TestBody()
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define TYPED_TEST_CASE \
static_assert(::testing::internal::TypedTestCaseIsDeprecated(), ""); \
TYPED_TEST_SUITE
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#endif // GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST
// Implements type-parameterized tests.
#if GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST_P
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// Expands to the namespace name that the type-parameterized tests for
// the given type-parameterized test suite are defined in. The exact
// name of the namespace is subject to change without notice.
#define GTEST_SUITE_NAMESPACE_(TestSuiteName) gtest_suite_##TestSuiteName##_
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// Expands to the name of the variable used to remember the names of
// the defined tests in the given test suite.
#define GTEST_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P_STATE_(TestSuiteName) \
gtest_typed_test_suite_p_state_##TestSuiteName##_
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE DIRECTLY.
//
// Expands to the name of the variable used to remember the names of
// the registered tests in the given test suite.
#define GTEST_REGISTERED_TEST_NAMES_(TestSuiteName) \
gtest_registered_test_names_##TestSuiteName##_
// The variables defined in the type-parameterized test macros are
// static as typically these macros are used in a .h file that can be
// #included in multiple translation units linked together.
#define TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(SuiteName) \
static ::testing::internal::TypedTestSuitePState \
GTEST_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P_STATE_(SuiteName)
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define TYPED_TEST_CASE_P \
static_assert(::testing::internal::TypedTestCase_P_IsDeprecated(), ""); \
TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define TYPED_TEST_P(SuiteName, TestName) \
namespace GTEST_SUITE_NAMESPACE_(SuiteName) { \
template <typename gtest_TypeParam_> \
class TestName : public SuiteName<gtest_TypeParam_> { \
private: \
typedef SuiteName<gtest_TypeParam_> TestFixture; \
typedef gtest_TypeParam_ TypeParam; \
void TestBody() override; \
}; \
static bool gtest_##TestName##_defined_ GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_ = \
GTEST_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P_STATE_(SuiteName).AddTestName( \
__FILE__, __LINE__, #SuiteName, #TestName); \
} \
template <typename gtest_TypeParam_> \
void GTEST_SUITE_NAMESPACE_( \
SuiteName)::TestName<gtest_TypeParam_>::TestBody()
#define REGISTER_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(SuiteName, ...) \
namespace GTEST_SUITE_NAMESPACE_(SuiteName) { \
typedef ::testing::internal::Templates<__VA_ARGS__> gtest_AllTests_; \
} \
static const char* const GTEST_REGISTERED_TEST_NAMES_( \
SuiteName) GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_ = \
GTEST_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P_STATE_(SuiteName).VerifyRegisteredTestNames( \
__FILE__, __LINE__, #__VA_ARGS__)
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define REGISTER_TYPED_TEST_CASE_P \
static_assert(::testing::internal::RegisterTypedTestCase_P_IsDeprecated(), \
""); \
REGISTER_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define INSTANTIATE_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P(Prefix, SuiteName, Types, ...) \
static bool gtest_##Prefix##_##SuiteName GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_ = \
::testing::internal::TypeParameterizedTestSuite< \
SuiteName, GTEST_SUITE_NAMESPACE_(SuiteName)::gtest_AllTests_, \
::testing::internal::GenerateTypeList<Types>::type>:: \
Register(#Prefix, \
::testing::internal::CodeLocation(__FILE__, __LINE__), \
&GTEST_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P_STATE_(SuiteName), #SuiteName, \
GTEST_REGISTERED_TEST_NAMES_(SuiteName), \
::testing::internal::GenerateNames< \
::testing::internal::NameGeneratorSelector< \
__VA_ARGS__>::type, \
::testing::internal::GenerateTypeList<Types>::type>())
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#define INSTANTIATE_TYPED_TEST_CASE_P \
static_assert( \
::testing::internal::InstantiateTypedTestCase_P_IsDeprecated(), ""); \
INSTANTIATE_TYPED_TEST_SUITE_P
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
#endif // GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST_P
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_TYPED_TEST_H_

2473
core/deps/gtest/gtest.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

359
core/deps/gtest/gtest_pred_impl.h
View File

@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// This file is AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED on 01/02/2019 by command
// 'gen_gtest_pred_impl.py 5'. DO NOT EDIT BY HAND!
//
// Implements a family of generic predicate assertion macros.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PRED_IMPL_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PRED_IMPL_H_
#include "gtest.h"
namespace testing {
// This header implements a family of generic predicate assertion
// macros:
//
// ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT1(pred_format, v1)
// ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT2(pred_format, v1, v2)
// ...
//
// where pred_format is a function or functor that takes n (in the
// case of ASSERT_PRED_FORMATn) values and their source expression
// text, and returns a testing::AssertionResult. See the definition
// of ASSERT_EQ in gtest.h for an example.
//
// If you don't care about formatting, you can use the more
// restrictive version:
//
// ASSERT_PRED1(pred, v1)
// ASSERT_PRED2(pred, v1, v2)
// ...
//
// where pred is an n-ary function or functor that returns bool,
// and the values v1, v2, ..., must support the << operator for
// streaming to std::ostream.
//
// We also define the EXPECT_* variations.
//
// For now we only support predicates whose arity is at most 5.
// Please email googletestframework@googlegroups.com if you need
// support for higher arities.
// GTEST_ASSERT_ is the basic statement to which all of the assertions
// in this file reduce. Don't use this in your code.
#define GTEST_ASSERT_(expression, on_failure) \
GTEST_AMBIGUOUS_ELSE_BLOCKER_ \
if (const ::testing::AssertionResult gtest_ar = (expression)) \
; \
else \
on_failure(gtest_ar.failure_message())
// Helper function for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED1. Don't use
// this in your code.
template <typename Pred,
typename T1>
AssertionResult AssertPred1Helper(const char* pred_text,
const char* e1,
Pred pred,
const T1& v1) {
if (pred(v1)) return AssertionSuccess();
return AssertionFailure()
<< pred_text << "(" << e1 << ") evaluates to false, where"
<< "\n"
<< e1 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v1);
}
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED_FORMAT1.
// Don't use this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED_FORMAT1_(pred_format, v1, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(pred_format(#v1, v1), \
on_failure)
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED1. Don't use
// this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED1_(pred, v1, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(::testing::AssertPred1Helper(#pred, \
#v1, \
pred, \
v1), on_failure)
// Unary predicate assertion macros.
#define EXPECT_PRED_FORMAT1(pred_format, v1) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT1_(pred_format, v1, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define EXPECT_PRED1(pred, v1) \
GTEST_PRED1_(pred, v1, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT1(pred_format, v1) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT1_(pred_format, v1, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED1(pred, v1) \
GTEST_PRED1_(pred, v1, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
// Helper function for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED2. Don't use
// this in your code.
template <typename Pred,
typename T1,
typename T2>
AssertionResult AssertPred2Helper(const char* pred_text,
const char* e1,
const char* e2,
Pred pred,
const T1& v1,
const T2& v2) {
if (pred(v1, v2)) return AssertionSuccess();
return AssertionFailure()
<< pred_text << "(" << e1 << ", " << e2
<< ") evaluates to false, where"
<< "\n"
<< e1 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v1) << "\n"
<< e2 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v2);
}
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED_FORMAT2.
// Don't use this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED_FORMAT2_(pred_format, v1, v2, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(pred_format(#v1, #v2, v1, v2), \
on_failure)
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED2. Don't use
// this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED2_(pred, v1, v2, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(::testing::AssertPred2Helper(#pred, \
#v1, \
#v2, \
pred, \
v1, \
v2), on_failure)
// Binary predicate assertion macros.
#define EXPECT_PRED_FORMAT2(pred_format, v1, v2) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT2_(pred_format, v1, v2, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define EXPECT_PRED2(pred, v1, v2) \
GTEST_PRED2_(pred, v1, v2, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT2(pred_format, v1, v2) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT2_(pred_format, v1, v2, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED2(pred, v1, v2) \
GTEST_PRED2_(pred, v1, v2, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
// Helper function for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED3. Don't use
// this in your code.
template <typename Pred,
typename T1,
typename T2,
typename T3>
AssertionResult AssertPred3Helper(const char* pred_text,
const char* e1,
const char* e2,
const char* e3,
Pred pred,
const T1& v1,
const T2& v2,
const T3& v3) {
if (pred(v1, v2, v3)) return AssertionSuccess();
return AssertionFailure()
<< pred_text << "(" << e1 << ", " << e2 << ", " << e3
<< ") evaluates to false, where"
<< "\n"
<< e1 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v1) << "\n"
<< e2 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v2) << "\n"
<< e3 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v3);
}
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED_FORMAT3.
// Don't use this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED_FORMAT3_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(pred_format(#v1, #v2, #v3, v1, v2, v3), \
on_failure)
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED3. Don't use
// this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED3_(pred, v1, v2, v3, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(::testing::AssertPred3Helper(#pred, \
#v1, \
#v2, \
#v3, \
pred, \
v1, \
v2, \
v3), on_failure)
// Ternary predicate assertion macros.
#define EXPECT_PRED_FORMAT3(pred_format, v1, v2, v3) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT3_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define EXPECT_PRED3(pred, v1, v2, v3) \
GTEST_PRED3_(pred, v1, v2, v3, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT3(pred_format, v1, v2, v3) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT3_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED3(pred, v1, v2, v3) \
GTEST_PRED3_(pred, v1, v2, v3, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
// Helper function for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED4. Don't use
// this in your code.
template <typename Pred,
typename T1,
typename T2,
typename T3,
typename T4>
AssertionResult AssertPred4Helper(const char* pred_text,
const char* e1,
const char* e2,
const char* e3,
const char* e4,
Pred pred,
const T1& v1,
const T2& v2,
const T3& v3,
const T4& v4) {
if (pred(v1, v2, v3, v4)) return AssertionSuccess();
return AssertionFailure()
<< pred_text << "(" << e1 << ", " << e2 << ", " << e3 << ", " << e4
<< ") evaluates to false, where"
<< "\n"
<< e1 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v1) << "\n"
<< e2 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v2) << "\n"
<< e3 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v3) << "\n"
<< e4 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v4);
}
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED_FORMAT4.
// Don't use this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED_FORMAT4_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(pred_format(#v1, #v2, #v3, #v4, v1, v2, v3, v4), \
on_failure)
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED4. Don't use
// this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED4_(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(::testing::AssertPred4Helper(#pred, \
#v1, \
#v2, \
#v3, \
#v4, \
pred, \
v1, \
v2, \
v3, \
v4), on_failure)
// 4-ary predicate assertion macros.
#define EXPECT_PRED_FORMAT4(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT4_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define EXPECT_PRED4(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4) \
GTEST_PRED4_(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT4(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT4_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED4(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4) \
GTEST_PRED4_(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
// Helper function for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED5. Don't use
// this in your code.
template <typename Pred,
typename T1,
typename T2,
typename T3,
typename T4,
typename T5>
AssertionResult AssertPred5Helper(const char* pred_text,
const char* e1,
const char* e2,
const char* e3,
const char* e4,
const char* e5,
Pred pred,
const T1& v1,
const T2& v2,
const T3& v3,
const T4& v4,
const T5& v5) {
if (pred(v1, v2, v3, v4, v5)) return AssertionSuccess();
return AssertionFailure()
<< pred_text << "(" << e1 << ", " << e2 << ", " << e3 << ", " << e4
<< ", " << e5 << ") evaluates to false, where"
<< "\n"
<< e1 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v1) << "\n"
<< e2 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v2) << "\n"
<< e3 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v3) << "\n"
<< e4 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v4) << "\n"
<< e5 << " evaluates to " << ::testing::PrintToString(v5);
}
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED_FORMAT5.
// Don't use this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED_FORMAT5_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(pred_format(#v1, #v2, #v3, #v4, #v5, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5), \
on_failure)
// Internal macro for implementing {EXPECT|ASSERT}_PRED5. Don't use
// this in your code.
#define GTEST_PRED5_(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, on_failure)\
GTEST_ASSERT_(::testing::AssertPred5Helper(#pred, \
#v1, \
#v2, \
#v3, \
#v4, \
#v5, \
pred, \
v1, \
v2, \
v3, \
v4, \
v5), on_failure)
// 5-ary predicate assertion macros.
#define EXPECT_PRED_FORMAT5(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT5_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define EXPECT_PRED5(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5) \
GTEST_PRED5_(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, GTEST_NONFATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED_FORMAT5(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5) \
GTEST_PRED_FORMAT5_(pred_format, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
#define ASSERT_PRED5(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5) \
GTEST_PRED5_(pred, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, GTEST_FATAL_FAILURE_)
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PRED_IMPL_H_

61
core/deps/gtest/gtest_prod.h
View File

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework definitions useful in production code.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0003 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PROD_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PROD_H_
// When you need to test the private or protected members of a class,
// use the FRIEND_TEST macro to declare your tests as friends of the
// class. For example:
//
// class MyClass {
// private:
// void PrivateMethod();
// FRIEND_TEST(MyClassTest, PrivateMethodWorks);
// };
//
// class MyClassTest : public testing::Test {
// // ...
// };
//
// TEST_F(MyClassTest, PrivateMethodWorks) {
// // Can call MyClass::PrivateMethod() here.
// }
//
// Note: The test class must be in the same namespace as the class being tested.
// For example, putting MyClassTest in an anonymous namespace will not work.
#define FRIEND_TEST(test_case_name, test_name)\
friend class test_case_name##_##test_name##_Test
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_GTEST_PROD_H_

56
core/deps/gtest/internal/custom/README.md
View File

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
# Customization Points
The custom directory is an injection point for custom user configurations.
## Header `gtest.h`
### The following macros can be defined:
* `GTEST_OS_STACK_TRACE_GETTER_` - The name of an implementation of
`OsStackTraceGetterInterface`.
* `GTEST_CUSTOM_TEMPDIR_FUNCTION_` - An override for `testing::TempDir()`. See
`testing::TempDir` for semantics and signature.
## Header `gtest-port.h`
The following macros can be defined:
### Flag related macros:
* `GTEST_FLAG(flag_name)`
* `GTEST_USE_OWN_FLAGFILE_FLAG_` - Define to 0 when the system provides its
own flagfile flag parsing.
* `GTEST_DECLARE_bool_(name)`
* `GTEST_DECLARE_int32_(name)`
* `GTEST_DECLARE_string_(name)`
* `GTEST_DEFINE_bool_(name, default_val, doc)`
* `GTEST_DEFINE_int32_(name, default_val, doc)`
* `GTEST_DEFINE_string_(name, default_val, doc)`
### Logging:
* `GTEST_LOG_(severity)`
* `GTEST_CHECK_(condition)`
* Functions `LogToStderr()` and `FlushInfoLog()` have to be provided too.
### Threading:
* `GTEST_HAS_NOTIFICATION_` - Enabled if Notification is already provided.
* `GTEST_HAS_MUTEX_AND_THREAD_LOCAL_` - Enabled if `Mutex` and `ThreadLocal`
are already provided. Must also provide `GTEST_DECLARE_STATIC_MUTEX_(mutex)`
and `GTEST_DEFINE_STATIC_MUTEX_(mutex)`
* `GTEST_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK_REQUIRED_(locks)`
* `GTEST_LOCK_EXCLUDED_(locks)`
### Underlying library support features
* `GTEST_HAS_CXXABI_H_`
### Exporting API symbols:
* `GTEST_API_` - Specifier for exported symbols.
## Header `gtest-printers.h`
* See documentation at `gtest/gtest-printers.h` for details on how to define a
custom printer.

37
core/deps/gtest/internal/custom/gtest-port.h
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Injection point for custom user configurations. See README for details
//
// ** Custom implementation starts here **
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_PORT_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_PORT_H_
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_PORT_H_

42
core/deps/gtest/internal/custom/gtest-printers.h
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// This file provides an injection point for custom printers in a local
// installation of gTest.
// It will be included from gtest-printers.h and the overrides in this file
// will be visible to everyone.
//
// Injection point for custom user configurations. See README for details
//
// ** Custom implementation starts here **
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_PRINTERS_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_PRINTERS_H_
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_PRINTERS_H_

37
core/deps/gtest/internal/custom/gtest.h
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Injection point for custom user configurations. See README for details
//
// ** Custom implementation starts here **
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_H_
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_CUSTOM_GTEST_H_

303
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-death-test-internal.h
View File

@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This header file defines internal utilities needed for implementing
// death tests. They are subject to change without notice.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_DEATH_TEST_INTERNAL_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_DEATH_TEST_INTERNAL_H_
#include <stdio.h>
#include <memory>
#include "../gtest-matchers.h"
#include "gtest-internal.h"
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
GTEST_DECLARE_string_(internal_run_death_test);
// Names of the flags (needed for parsing Google Test flags).
const char kDeathTestStyleFlag[] = "death_test_style";
const char kDeathTestUseFork[] = "death_test_use_fork";
const char kInternalRunDeathTestFlag[] = "internal_run_death_test";
#if GTEST_HAS_DEATH_TEST
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4251 \
/* class A needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of class B */)
// DeathTest is a class that hides much of the complexity of the
// GTEST_DEATH_TEST_ macro. It is abstract; its static Create method
// returns a concrete class that depends on the prevailing death test
// style, as defined by the --gtest_death_test_style and/or
// --gtest_internal_run_death_test flags.
// In describing the results of death tests, these terms are used with
// the corresponding definitions:
//
// exit status: The integer exit information in the format specified
// by wait(2)
// exit code: The integer code passed to exit(3), _exit(2), or
// returned from main()
class GTEST_API_ DeathTest {
public:
// Create returns false if there was an error determining the
// appropriate action to take for the current death test; for example,
// if the gtest_death_test_style flag is set to an invalid value.
// The LastMessage method will return a more detailed message in that
// case. Otherwise, the DeathTest pointer pointed to by the "test"
// argument is set. If the death test should be skipped, the pointer
// is set to NULL; otherwise, it is set to the address of a new concrete
// DeathTest object that controls the execution of the current test.
static bool Create(const char* statement, Matcher<const std::string&> matcher,
const char* file, int line, DeathTest** test);
DeathTest();
virtual ~DeathTest() { }
// A helper class that aborts a death test when it's deleted.
class ReturnSentinel {
public:
explicit ReturnSentinel(DeathTest* test) : test_(test) { }
~ReturnSentinel() { test_->Abort(TEST_ENCOUNTERED_RETURN_STATEMENT); }
private:
DeathTest* const test_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(ReturnSentinel);
} GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_;
// An enumeration of possible roles that may be taken when a death
// test is encountered. EXECUTE means that the death test logic should
// be executed immediately. OVERSEE means that the program should prepare
// the appropriate environment for a child process to execute the death
// test, then wait for it to complete.
enum TestRole { OVERSEE_TEST, EXECUTE_TEST };
// An enumeration of the three reasons that a test might be aborted.
enum AbortReason {
TEST_ENCOUNTERED_RETURN_STATEMENT,
TEST_THREW_EXCEPTION,
TEST_DID_NOT_DIE
};
// Assumes one of the above roles.
virtual TestRole AssumeRole() = 0;
// Waits for the death test to finish and returns its status.
virtual int Wait() = 0;
// Returns true if the death test passed; that is, the test process
// exited during the test, its exit status matches a user-supplied
// predicate, and its stderr output matches a user-supplied regular
// expression.
// The user-supplied predicate may be a macro expression rather
// than a function pointer or functor, or else Wait and Passed could
// be combined.
virtual bool Passed(bool exit_status_ok) = 0;
// Signals that the death test did not die as expected.
virtual void Abort(AbortReason reason) = 0;
// Returns a human-readable outcome message regarding the outcome of
// the last death test.
static const char* LastMessage();
static void set_last_death_test_message(const std::string& message);
private:
// A string containing a description of the outcome of the last death test.
static std::string last_death_test_message_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(DeathTest);
};
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_() // 4251
// Factory interface for death tests. May be mocked out for testing.
class DeathTestFactory {
public:
virtual ~DeathTestFactory() { }
virtual bool Create(const char* statement,
Matcher<const std::string&> matcher, const char* file,
int line, DeathTest** test) = 0;
};
// A concrete DeathTestFactory implementation for normal use.
class DefaultDeathTestFactory : public DeathTestFactory {
public:
bool Create(const char* statement, Matcher<const std::string&> matcher,
const char* file, int line, DeathTest** test) override;
};
// Returns true if exit_status describes a process that was terminated
// by a signal, or exited normally with a nonzero exit code.
GTEST_API_ bool ExitedUnsuccessfully(int exit_status);
// A string passed to EXPECT_DEATH (etc.) is caught by one of these overloads
// and interpreted as a regex (rather than an Eq matcher) for legacy
// compatibility.
inline Matcher<const ::std::string&> MakeDeathTestMatcher(
::testing::internal::RE regex) {
return ContainsRegex(regex.pattern());
}
inline Matcher<const ::std::string&> MakeDeathTestMatcher(const char* regex) {
return ContainsRegex(regex);
}
inline Matcher<const ::std::string&> MakeDeathTestMatcher(
const ::std::string& regex) {
return ContainsRegex(regex);
}
// If a Matcher<const ::std::string&> is passed to EXPECT_DEATH (etc.), it's
// used directly.
inline Matcher<const ::std::string&> MakeDeathTestMatcher(
Matcher<const ::std::string&> matcher) {
return matcher;
}
// Traps C++ exceptions escaping statement and reports them as test
// failures. Note that trapping SEH exceptions is not implemented here.
# if GTEST_HAS_EXCEPTIONS
# define GTEST_EXECUTE_DEATH_TEST_STATEMENT_(statement, death_test) \
try { \
GTEST_SUPPRESS_UNREACHABLE_CODE_WARNING_BELOW_(statement); \
} catch (const ::std::exception& gtest_exception) { \
fprintf(\
stderr, \
"\n%s: Caught std::exception-derived exception escaping the " \
"death test statement. Exception message: %s\n", \
::testing::internal::FormatFileLocation(__FILE__, __LINE__).c_str(), \
gtest_exception.what()); \
fflush(stderr); \
death_test->Abort(::testing::internal::DeathTest::TEST_THREW_EXCEPTION); \
} catch (...) { \
death_test->Abort(::testing::internal::DeathTest::TEST_THREW_EXCEPTION); \
}
# else
# define GTEST_EXECUTE_DEATH_TEST_STATEMENT_(statement, death_test) \
GTEST_SUPPRESS_UNREACHABLE_CODE_WARNING_BELOW_(statement)
# endif
// This macro is for implementing ASSERT_DEATH*, EXPECT_DEATH*,
// ASSERT_EXIT*, and EXPECT_EXIT*.
#define GTEST_DEATH_TEST_(statement, predicate, regex_or_matcher, fail) \
GTEST_AMBIGUOUS_ELSE_BLOCKER_ \
if (::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { \
::testing::internal::DeathTest* gtest_dt; \
if (!::testing::internal::DeathTest::Create( \
#statement, \
::testing::internal::MakeDeathTestMatcher(regex_or_matcher), \
__FILE__, __LINE__, &gtest_dt)) { \
goto GTEST_CONCAT_TOKEN_(gtest_label_, __LINE__); \
} \
if (gtest_dt != nullptr) { \
std::unique_ptr< ::testing::internal::DeathTest> gtest_dt_ptr(gtest_dt); \
switch (gtest_dt->AssumeRole()) { \
case ::testing::internal::DeathTest::OVERSEE_TEST: \
if (!gtest_dt->Passed(predicate(gtest_dt->Wait()))) { \
goto GTEST_CONCAT_TOKEN_(gtest_label_, __LINE__); \
} \
break; \
case ::testing::internal::DeathTest::EXECUTE_TEST: { \
::testing::internal::DeathTest::ReturnSentinel gtest_sentinel( \
gtest_dt); \
GTEST_EXECUTE_DEATH_TEST_STATEMENT_(statement, gtest_dt); \
gtest_dt->Abort(::testing::internal::DeathTest::TEST_DID_NOT_DIE); \
break; \
} \
default: \
break; \
} \
} \
} else \
GTEST_CONCAT_TOKEN_(gtest_label_, __LINE__) \
: fail(::testing::internal::DeathTest::LastMessage())
// The symbol "fail" here expands to something into which a message
// can be streamed.
// This macro is for implementing ASSERT/EXPECT_DEBUG_DEATH when compiled in
// NDEBUG mode. In this case we need the statements to be executed and the macro
// must accept a streamed message even though the message is never printed.
// The regex object is not evaluated, but it is used to prevent "unused"
// warnings and to avoid an expression that doesn't compile in debug mode.
#define GTEST_EXECUTE_STATEMENT_(statement, regex_or_matcher) \
GTEST_AMBIGUOUS_ELSE_BLOCKER_ \
if (::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { \
GTEST_SUPPRESS_UNREACHABLE_CODE_WARNING_BELOW_(statement); \
} else if (!::testing::internal::AlwaysTrue()) { \
::testing::internal::MakeDeathTestMatcher(regex_or_matcher); \
} else \
::testing::Message()
// A class representing the parsed contents of the
// --gtest_internal_run_death_test flag, as it existed when
// RUN_ALL_TESTS was called.
class InternalRunDeathTestFlag {
public:
InternalRunDeathTestFlag(const std::string& a_file,
int a_line,
int an_index,
int a_write_fd)
: file_(a_file), line_(a_line), index_(an_index),
write_fd_(a_write_fd) {}
~InternalRunDeathTestFlag() {
if (write_fd_ >= 0)
posix::Close(write_fd_);
}
const std::string& file() const { return file_; }
int line() const { return line_; }
int index() const { return index_; }
int write_fd() const { return write_fd_; }
private:
std::string file_;
int line_;
int index_;
int write_fd_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(InternalRunDeathTestFlag);
};
// Returns a newly created InternalRunDeathTestFlag object with fields
// initialized from the GTEST_FLAG(internal_run_death_test) flag if
// the flag is specified; otherwise returns NULL.
InternalRunDeathTestFlag* ParseInternalRunDeathTestFlag();
#endif // GTEST_HAS_DEATH_TEST
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_DEATH_TEST_INTERNAL_H_

211
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-filepath.h
View File

@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Google Test filepath utilities
//
// This header file declares classes and functions used internally by
// Google Test. They are subject to change without notice.
//
// This file is #included in gtest/internal/gtest-internal.h.
// Do not include this header file separately!
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_FILEPATH_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_FILEPATH_H_
#include "gtest-string.h"
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_PUSH_(4251 \
/* class A needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of class B */)
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
// FilePath - a class for file and directory pathname manipulation which
// handles platform-specific conventions (like the pathname separator).
// Used for helper functions for naming files in a directory for xml output.
// Except for Set methods, all methods are const or static, which provides an
// "immutable value object" -- useful for peace of mind.
// A FilePath with a value ending in a path separator ("like/this/") represents
// a directory, otherwise it is assumed to represent a file. In either case,
// it may or may not represent an actual file or directory in the file system.
// Names are NOT checked for syntax correctness -- no checking for illegal
// characters, malformed paths, etc.
class GTEST_API_ FilePath {
public:
FilePath() : pathname_("") { }
FilePath(const FilePath& rhs) : pathname_(rhs.pathname_) { }
explicit FilePath(const std::string& pathname) : pathname_(pathname) {
Normalize();
}
FilePath& operator=(const FilePath& rhs) {
Set(rhs);
return *this;
}
void Set(const FilePath& rhs) {
pathname_ = rhs.pathname_;
}
const std::string& string() const { return pathname_; }
const char* c_str() const { return pathname_.c_str(); }
// Returns the current working directory, or "" if unsuccessful.
static FilePath GetCurrentDir();
// Given directory = "dir", base_name = "test", number = 0,
// extension = "xml", returns "dir/test.xml". If number is greater
// than zero (e.g., 12), returns "dir/test_12.xml".
// On Windows platform, uses \ as the separator rather than /.
static FilePath MakeFileName(const FilePath& directory,
const FilePath& base_name,
int number,
const char* extension);
// Given directory = "dir", relative_path = "test.xml",
// returns "dir/test.xml".
// On Windows, uses \ as the separator rather than /.
static FilePath ConcatPaths(const FilePath& directory,
const FilePath& relative_path);
// Returns a pathname for a file that does not currently exist. The pathname
// will be directory/base_name.extension or
// directory/base_name_<number>.extension if directory/base_name.extension
// already exists. The number will be incremented until a pathname is found
// that does not already exist.
// Examples: 'dir/foo_test.xml' or 'dir/foo_test_1.xml'.
// There could be a race condition if two or more processes are calling this
// function at the same time -- they could both pick the same filename.
static FilePath GenerateUniqueFileName(const FilePath& directory,
const FilePath& base_name,
const char* extension);
// Returns true if and only if the path is "".
bool IsEmpty() const { return pathname_.empty(); }
// If input name has a trailing separator character, removes it and returns
// the name, otherwise return the name string unmodified.
// On Windows platform, uses \ as the separator, other platforms use /.
FilePath RemoveTrailingPathSeparator() const;
// Returns a copy of the FilePath with the directory part removed.
// Example: FilePath("path/to/file").RemoveDirectoryName() returns
// FilePath("file"). If there is no directory part ("just_a_file"), it returns
// the FilePath unmodified. If there is no file part ("just_a_dir/") it
// returns an empty FilePath ("").
// On Windows platform, '\' is the path separator, otherwise it is '/'.
FilePath RemoveDirectoryName() const;
// RemoveFileName returns the directory path with the filename removed.
// Example: FilePath("path/to/file").RemoveFileName() returns "path/to/".
// If the FilePath is "a_file" or "/a_file", RemoveFileName returns
// FilePath("./") or, on Windows, FilePath(".\\"). If the filepath does
// not have a file, like "just/a/dir/", it returns the FilePath unmodified.
// On Windows platform, '\' is the path separator, otherwise it is '/'.
FilePath RemoveFileName() const;
// Returns a copy of the FilePath with the case-insensitive extension removed.
// Example: FilePath("dir/file.exe").RemoveExtension("EXE") returns
// FilePath("dir/file"). If a case-insensitive extension is not
// found, returns a copy of the original FilePath.
FilePath RemoveExtension(const char* extension) const;
// Creates directories so that path exists. Returns true if successful or if
// the directories already exist; returns false if unable to create
// directories for any reason. Will also return false if the FilePath does
// not represent a directory (that is, it doesn't end with a path separator).
bool CreateDirectoriesRecursively() const;
// Create the directory so that path exists. Returns true if successful or
// if the directory already exists; returns false if unable to create the
// directory for any reason, including if the parent directory does not
// exist. Not named "CreateDirectory" because that's a macro on Windows.
bool CreateFolder() const;
// Returns true if FilePath describes something in the file-system,
// either a file, directory, or whatever, and that something exists.
bool FileOrDirectoryExists() const;
// Returns true if pathname describes a directory in the file-system
// that exists.
bool DirectoryExists() const;
// Returns true if FilePath ends with a path separator, which indicates that
// it is intended to represent a directory. Returns false otherwise.
// This does NOT check that a directory (or file) actually exists.
bool IsDirectory() const;
// Returns true if pathname describes a root directory. (Windows has one
// root directory per disk drive.)
bool IsRootDirectory() const;
// Returns true if pathname describes an absolute path.
bool IsAbsolutePath() const;
private:
// Replaces multiple consecutive separators with a single separator.
// For example, "bar///foo" becomes "bar/foo". Does not eliminate other
// redundancies that might be in a pathname involving "." or "..".
//
// A pathname with multiple consecutive separators may occur either through
// user error or as a result of some scripts or APIs that generate a pathname
// with a trailing separator. On other platforms the same API or script
// may NOT generate a pathname with a trailing "/". Then elsewhere that
// pathname may have another "/" and pathname components added to it,
// without checking for the separator already being there.
// The script language and operating system may allow paths like "foo//bar"
// but some of the functions in FilePath will not handle that correctly. In
// particular, RemoveTrailingPathSeparator() only removes one separator, and
// it is called in CreateDirectoriesRecursively() assuming that it will change
// a pathname from directory syntax (trailing separator) to filename syntax.
//
// On Windows this method also replaces the alternate path separator '/' with
// the primary path separator '\\', so that for example "bar\\/\\foo" becomes
// "bar\\foo".
void Normalize();
// Returns a pointer to the last occurence of a valid path separator in
// the FilePath. On Windows, for example, both '/' and '\' are valid path
// separators. Returns NULL if no path separator was found.
const char* FindLastPathSeparator() const;
std::string pathname_;
}; // class FilePath
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
GTEST_DISABLE_MSC_WARNINGS_POP_() // 4251
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_FILEPATH_H_

1381
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-internal.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

880
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-param-util.h
View File

@ -1,880 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.
// All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Type and function utilities for implementing parameterized tests.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_PARAM_UTIL_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_PARAM_UTIL_H_
#include <ctype.h>
#include <cassert>
#include <iterator>
#include <memory>
#include <set>
#include <tuple>
#include <utility>
#include <vector>
#include "../gtest-printers.h"
#include "gtest-internal.h"
#include "gtest-port.h"
namespace testing {
// Input to a parameterized test name generator, describing a test parameter.
// Consists of the parameter value and the integer parameter index.
template <class ParamType>
struct TestParamInfo {
TestParamInfo(const ParamType& a_param, size_t an_index) :
param(a_param),
index(an_index) {}
ParamType param;
size_t index;
};
// A builtin parameterized test name generator which returns the result of
// testing::PrintToString.
struct PrintToStringParamName {
template <class ParamType>
std::string operator()(const TestParamInfo<ParamType>& info) const {
return PrintToString(info.param);
}
};
namespace internal {
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
// Utility Functions
// Outputs a message explaining invalid registration of different
// fixture class for the same test suite. This may happen when
// TEST_P macro is used to define two tests with the same name
// but in different namespaces.
GTEST_API_ void ReportInvalidTestSuiteType(const char* test_suite_name,
CodeLocation code_location);
template <typename> class ParamGeneratorInterface;
template <typename> class ParamGenerator;
// Interface for iterating over elements provided by an implementation
// of ParamGeneratorInterface<T>.
template <typename T>
class ParamIteratorInterface {
public:
virtual ~ParamIteratorInterface() {}
// A pointer to the base generator instance.
// Used only for the purposes of iterator comparison
// to make sure that two iterators belong to the same generator.
virtual const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* BaseGenerator() const = 0;
// Advances iterator to point to the next element
// provided by the generator. The caller is responsible
// for not calling Advance() on an iterator equal to
// BaseGenerator()->End().
virtual void Advance() = 0;
// Clones the iterator object. Used for implementing copy semantics
// of ParamIterator<T>.
virtual ParamIteratorInterface* Clone() const = 0;
// Dereferences the current iterator and provides (read-only) access
// to the pointed value. It is the caller's responsibility not to call
// Current() on an iterator equal to BaseGenerator()->End().
// Used for implementing ParamGenerator<T>::operator*().
virtual const T* Current() const = 0;
// Determines whether the given iterator and other point to the same
// element in the sequence generated by the generator.
// Used for implementing ParamGenerator<T>::operator==().
virtual bool Equals(const ParamIteratorInterface& other) const = 0;
};
// Class iterating over elements provided by an implementation of
// ParamGeneratorInterface<T>. It wraps ParamIteratorInterface<T>
// and implements the const forward iterator concept.
template <typename T>
class ParamIterator {
public:
typedef T value_type;
typedef const T& reference;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
// ParamIterator assumes ownership of the impl_ pointer.
ParamIterator(const ParamIterator& other) : impl_(other.impl_->Clone()) {}
ParamIterator& operator=(const ParamIterator& other) {
if (this != &other)
impl_.reset(other.impl_->Clone());
return *this;
}
const T& operator*() const { return *impl_->Current(); }
const T* operator->() const { return impl_->Current(); }
// Prefix version of operator++.
ParamIterator& operator++() {
impl_->Advance();
return *this;
}
// Postfix version of operator++.
ParamIterator operator++(int /*unused*/) {
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* clone = impl_->Clone();
impl_->Advance();
return ParamIterator(clone);
}
bool operator==(const ParamIterator& other) const {
return impl_.get() == other.impl_.get() || impl_->Equals(*other.impl_);
}
bool operator!=(const ParamIterator& other) const {
return !(*this == other);
}
private:
friend class ParamGenerator<T>;
explicit ParamIterator(ParamIteratorInterface<T>* impl) : impl_(impl) {}
std::unique_ptr<ParamIteratorInterface<T> > impl_;
};
// ParamGeneratorInterface<T> is the binary interface to access generators
// defined in other translation units.
template <typename T>
class ParamGeneratorInterface {
public:
typedef T ParamType;
virtual ~ParamGeneratorInterface() {}
// Generator interface definition
virtual ParamIteratorInterface<T>* Begin() const = 0;
virtual ParamIteratorInterface<T>* End() const = 0;
};
// Wraps ParamGeneratorInterface<T> and provides general generator syntax
// compatible with the STL Container concept.
// This class implements copy initialization semantics and the contained
// ParamGeneratorInterface<T> instance is shared among all copies
// of the original object. This is possible because that instance is immutable.
template<typename T>
class ParamGenerator {
public:
typedef ParamIterator<T> iterator;
explicit ParamGenerator(ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* impl) : impl_(impl) {}
ParamGenerator(const ParamGenerator& other) : impl_(other.impl_) {}
ParamGenerator& operator=(const ParamGenerator& other) {
impl_ = other.impl_;
return *this;
}
iterator begin() const { return iterator(impl_->Begin()); }
iterator end() const { return iterator(impl_->End()); }
private:
std::shared_ptr<const ParamGeneratorInterface<T> > impl_;
};
// Generates values from a range of two comparable values. Can be used to
// generate sequences of user-defined types that implement operator+() and
// operator<().
// This class is used in the Range() function.
template <typename T, typename IncrementT>
class RangeGenerator : public ParamGeneratorInterface<T> {
public:
RangeGenerator(T begin, T end, IncrementT step)
: begin_(begin), end_(end),
step_(step), end_index_(CalculateEndIndex(begin, end, step)) {}
~RangeGenerator() override {}
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* Begin() const override {
return new Iterator(this, begin_, 0, step_);
}
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* End() const override {
return new Iterator(this, end_, end_index_, step_);
}
private:
class Iterator : public ParamIteratorInterface<T> {
public:
Iterator(const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* base, T value, int index,
IncrementT step)
: base_(base), value_(value), index_(index), step_(step) {}
~Iterator() override {}
const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* BaseGenerator() const override {
return base_;
}
void Advance() override {
value_ = static_cast<T>(value_ + step_);
index_++;
}
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* Clone() const override {
return new Iterator(*this);
}
const T* Current() const override { return &value_; }
bool Equals(const ParamIteratorInterface<T>& other) const override {
// Having the same base generator guarantees that the other
// iterator is of the same type and we can downcast.
GTEST_CHECK_(BaseGenerator() == other.BaseGenerator())
<< "The program attempted to compare iterators "
<< "from different generators." << std::endl;
const int other_index =
CheckedDowncastToActualType<const Iterator>(&other)->index_;
return index_ == other_index;
}
private:
Iterator(const Iterator& other)
: ParamIteratorInterface<T>(),
base_(other.base_), value_(other.value_), index_(other.index_),
step_(other.step_) {}
// No implementation - assignment is unsupported.
void operator=(const Iterator& other);
const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* const base_;
T value_;
int index_;
const IncrementT step_;
}; // class RangeGenerator::Iterator
static int CalculateEndIndex(const T& begin,
const T& end,
const IncrementT& step) {
int end_index = 0;
for (T i = begin; i < end; i = static_cast<T>(i + step))
end_index++;
return end_index;
}
// No implementation - assignment is unsupported.
void operator=(const RangeGenerator& other);
const T begin_;
const T end_;
const IncrementT step_;
// The index for the end() iterator. All the elements in the generated
// sequence are indexed (0-based) to aid iterator comparison.
const int end_index_;
}; // class RangeGenerator
// Generates values from a pair of STL-style iterators. Used in the
// ValuesIn() function. The elements are copied from the source range
// since the source can be located on the stack, and the generator
// is likely to persist beyond that stack frame.
template <typename T>
class ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator : public ParamGeneratorInterface<T> {
public:
template <typename ForwardIterator>
ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end)
: container_(begin, end) {}
~ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator() override {}
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* Begin() const override {
return new Iterator(this, container_.begin());
}
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* End() const override {
return new Iterator(this, container_.end());
}
private:
typedef typename ::std::vector<T> ContainerType;
class Iterator : public ParamIteratorInterface<T> {
public:
Iterator(const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* base,
typename ContainerType::const_iterator iterator)
: base_(base), iterator_(iterator) {}
~Iterator() override {}
const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* BaseGenerator() const override {
return base_;
}
void Advance() override {
++iterator_;
value_.reset();
}
ParamIteratorInterface<T>* Clone() const override {
return new Iterator(*this);
}
// We need to use cached value referenced by iterator_ because *iterator_
// can return a temporary object (and of type other then T), so just
// having "return &*iterator_;" doesn't work.
// value_ is updated here and not in Advance() because Advance()
// can advance iterator_ beyond the end of the range, and we cannot
// detect that fact. The client code, on the other hand, is
// responsible for not calling Current() on an out-of-range iterator.
const T* Current() const override {
if (value_.get() == nullptr) value_.reset(new T(*iterator_));
return value_.get();
}
bool Equals(const ParamIteratorInterface<T>& other) const override {
// Having the same base generator guarantees that the other
// iterator is of the same type and we can downcast.
GTEST_CHECK_(BaseGenerator() == other.BaseGenerator())
<< "The program attempted to compare iterators "
<< "from different generators." << std::endl;
return iterator_ ==
CheckedDowncastToActualType<const Iterator>(&other)->iterator_;
}
private:
Iterator(const Iterator& other)
// The explicit constructor call suppresses a false warning
// emitted by gcc when supplied with the -Wextra option.
: ParamIteratorInterface<T>(),
base_(other.base_),
iterator_(other.iterator_) {}
const ParamGeneratorInterface<T>* const base_;
typename ContainerType::const_iterator iterator_;
// A cached value of *iterator_. We keep it here to allow access by
// pointer in the wrapping iterator's operator->().
// value_ needs to be mutable to be accessed in Current().
// Use of std::unique_ptr helps manage cached value's lifetime,
// which is bound by the lifespan of the iterator itself.
mutable std::unique_ptr<const T> value_;
}; // class ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator::Iterator
// No implementation - assignment is unsupported.
void operator=(const ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator& other);
const ContainerType container_;
}; // class ValuesInIteratorRangeGenerator
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// Default parameterized test name generator, returns a string containing the
// integer test parameter index.
template <class ParamType>
std::string DefaultParamName(const TestParamInfo<ParamType>& info) {
Message name_stream;
name_stream << info.index;
return name_stream.GetString();
}
template <typename T = int>
void TestNotEmpty() {
static_assert(sizeof(T) == 0, "Empty arguments are not allowed.");
}
template <typename T = int>
void TestNotEmpty(const T&) {}
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// Stores a parameter value and later creates tests parameterized with that
// value.
template <class TestClass>
class ParameterizedTestFactory : public TestFactoryBase {
public:
typedef typename TestClass::ParamType ParamType;
explicit ParameterizedTestFactory(ParamType parameter) :
parameter_(parameter) {}
Test* CreateTest() override {
TestClass::SetParam(&parameter_);
return new TestClass();
}
private:
const ParamType parameter_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(ParameterizedTestFactory);
};
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// TestMetaFactoryBase is a base class for meta-factories that create
// test factories for passing into MakeAndRegisterTestInfo function.
template <class ParamType>
class TestMetaFactoryBase {
public:
virtual ~TestMetaFactoryBase() {}
virtual TestFactoryBase* CreateTestFactory(ParamType parameter) = 0;
};
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// TestMetaFactory creates test factories for passing into
// MakeAndRegisterTestInfo function. Since MakeAndRegisterTestInfo receives
// ownership of test factory pointer, same factory object cannot be passed
// into that method twice. But ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo is going to call
// it for each Test/Parameter value combination. Thus it needs meta factory
// creator class.
template <class TestSuite>
class TestMetaFactory
: public TestMetaFactoryBase<typename TestSuite::ParamType> {
public:
using ParamType = typename TestSuite::ParamType;
TestMetaFactory() {}
TestFactoryBase* CreateTestFactory(ParamType parameter) override {
return new ParameterizedTestFactory<TestSuite>(parameter);
}
private:
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(TestMetaFactory);
};
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase is a generic interface
// to ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo classes. ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase
// accumulates test information provided by TEST_P macro invocations
// and generators provided by INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P macro invocations
// and uses that information to register all resulting test instances
// in RegisterTests method. The ParameterizeTestSuiteRegistry class holds
// a collection of pointers to the ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo objects
// and calls RegisterTests() on each of them when asked.
class ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase {
public:
virtual ~ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase() {}
// Base part of test suite name for display purposes.
virtual const std::string& GetTestSuiteName() const = 0;
// Test case id to verify identity.
virtual TypeId GetTestSuiteTypeId() const = 0;
// UnitTest class invokes this method to register tests in this
// test suite right before running them in RUN_ALL_TESTS macro.
// This method should not be called more than once on any single
// instance of a ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase derived class.
virtual void RegisterTests() = 0;
protected:
ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase() {}
private:
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase);
};
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo accumulates tests obtained from TEST_P
// macro invocations for a particular test suite and generators
// obtained from INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P macro invocations for that
// test suite. It registers tests with all values generated by all
// generators when asked.
template <class TestSuite>
class ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo : public ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase {
public:
// ParamType and GeneratorCreationFunc are private types but are required
// for declarations of public methods AddTestPattern() and
// AddTestSuiteInstantiation().
using ParamType = typename TestSuite::ParamType;
// A function that returns an instance of appropriate generator type.
typedef ParamGenerator<ParamType>(GeneratorCreationFunc)();
using ParamNameGeneratorFunc = std::string(const TestParamInfo<ParamType>&);
explicit ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo(const char* name,
CodeLocation code_location)
: test_suite_name_(name), code_location_(code_location) {}
// Test case base name for display purposes.
const std::string& GetTestSuiteName() const override {
return test_suite_name_;
}
// Test case id to verify identity.
TypeId GetTestSuiteTypeId() const override { return GetTypeId<TestSuite>(); }
// TEST_P macro uses AddTestPattern() to record information
// about a single test in a LocalTestInfo structure.
// test_suite_name is the base name of the test suite (without invocation
// prefix). test_base_name is the name of an individual test without
// parameter index. For the test SequenceA/FooTest.DoBar/1 FooTest is
// test suite base name and DoBar is test base name.
void AddTestPattern(const char* test_suite_name, const char* test_base_name,
TestMetaFactoryBase<ParamType>* meta_factory) {
tests_.push_back(std::shared_ptr<TestInfo>(
new TestInfo(test_suite_name, test_base_name, meta_factory)));
}
// INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P macro uses AddGenerator() to record information
// about a generator.
int AddTestSuiteInstantiation(const std::string& instantiation_name,
GeneratorCreationFunc* func,
ParamNameGeneratorFunc* name_func,
const char* file, int line) {
instantiations_.push_back(
InstantiationInfo(instantiation_name, func, name_func, file, line));
return 0; // Return value used only to run this method in namespace scope.
}
// UnitTest class invokes this method to register tests in this test suite
// test suites right before running tests in RUN_ALL_TESTS macro.
// This method should not be called more than once on any single
// instance of a ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase derived class.
// UnitTest has a guard to prevent from calling this method more than once.
void RegisterTests() override {
for (typename TestInfoContainer::iterator test_it = tests_.begin();
test_it != tests_.end(); ++test_it) {
std::shared_ptr<TestInfo> test_info = *test_it;
for (typename InstantiationContainer::iterator gen_it =
instantiations_.begin(); gen_it != instantiations_.end();
++gen_it) {
const std::string& instantiation_name = gen_it->name;
ParamGenerator<ParamType> generator((*gen_it->generator)());
ParamNameGeneratorFunc* name_func = gen_it->name_func;
const char* file = gen_it->file;
int line = gen_it->line;
std::string test_suite_name;
if ( !instantiation_name.empty() )
test_suite_name = instantiation_name + "/";
test_suite_name += test_info->test_suite_base_name;
size_t i = 0;
std::set<std::string> test_param_names;
for (typename ParamGenerator<ParamType>::iterator param_it =
generator.begin();
param_it != generator.end(); ++param_it, ++i) {
Message test_name_stream;
std::string param_name = name_func(
TestParamInfo<ParamType>(*param_it, i));
GTEST_CHECK_(IsValidParamName(param_name))
<< "Parameterized test name '" << param_name
<< "' is invalid, in " << file
<< " line " << line << std::endl;
GTEST_CHECK_(test_param_names.count(param_name) == 0)
<< "Duplicate parameterized test name '" << param_name
<< "', in " << file << " line " << line << std::endl;
test_param_names.insert(param_name);
test_name_stream << test_info->test_base_name << "/" << param_name;
MakeAndRegisterTestInfo(
test_suite_name.c_str(), test_name_stream.GetString().c_str(),
nullptr, // No type parameter.
PrintToString(*param_it).c_str(), code_location_,
GetTestSuiteTypeId(),
SuiteApiResolver<TestSuite>::GetSetUpCaseOrSuite(file, line),
SuiteApiResolver<TestSuite>::GetTearDownCaseOrSuite(file, line),
test_info->test_meta_factory->CreateTestFactory(*param_it));
} // for param_it
} // for gen_it
} // for test_it
} // RegisterTests
private:
// LocalTestInfo structure keeps information about a single test registered
// with TEST_P macro.
struct TestInfo {
TestInfo(const char* a_test_suite_base_name, const char* a_test_base_name,
TestMetaFactoryBase<ParamType>* a_test_meta_factory)
: test_suite_base_name(a_test_suite_base_name),
test_base_name(a_test_base_name),
test_meta_factory(a_test_meta_factory) {}
const std::string test_suite_base_name;
const std::string test_base_name;
const std::unique_ptr<TestMetaFactoryBase<ParamType> > test_meta_factory;
};
using TestInfoContainer = ::std::vector<std::shared_ptr<TestInfo> >;
// Records data received from INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P macros:
// <Instantiation name, Sequence generator creation function,
// Name generator function, Source file, Source line>
struct InstantiationInfo {
InstantiationInfo(const std::string &name_in,
GeneratorCreationFunc* generator_in,
ParamNameGeneratorFunc* name_func_in,
const char* file_in,
int line_in)
: name(name_in),
generator(generator_in),
name_func(name_func_in),
file(file_in),
line(line_in) {}
std::string name;
GeneratorCreationFunc* generator;
ParamNameGeneratorFunc* name_func;
const char* file;
int line;
};
typedef ::std::vector<InstantiationInfo> InstantiationContainer;
static bool IsValidParamName(const std::string& name) {
// Check for empty string
if (name.empty())
return false;
// Check for invalid characters
for (std::string::size_type index = 0; index < name.size(); ++index) {
if (!isalnum(name[index]) && name[index] != '_')
return false;
}
return true;
}
const std::string test_suite_name_;
CodeLocation code_location_;
TestInfoContainer tests_;
InstantiationContainer instantiations_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo);
}; // class ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
template <class TestCase>
using ParameterizedTestCaseInfo = ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo<TestCase>;
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
// INTERNAL IMPLEMENTATION - DO NOT USE IN USER CODE.
//
// ParameterizedTestSuiteRegistry contains a map of
// ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase classes accessed by test suite names. TEST_P
// and INSTANTIATE_TEST_SUITE_P macros use it to locate their corresponding
// ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo descriptors.
class ParameterizedTestSuiteRegistry {
public:
ParameterizedTestSuiteRegistry() {}
~ParameterizedTestSuiteRegistry() {
for (auto& test_suite_info : test_suite_infos_) {
delete test_suite_info;
}
}
// Looks up or creates and returns a structure containing information about
// tests and instantiations of a particular test suite.
template <class TestSuite>
ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo<TestSuite>* GetTestSuitePatternHolder(
const char* test_suite_name, CodeLocation code_location) {
ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo<TestSuite>* typed_test_info = nullptr;
for (auto& test_suite_info : test_suite_infos_) {
if (test_suite_info->GetTestSuiteName() == test_suite_name) {
if (test_suite_info->GetTestSuiteTypeId() != GetTypeId<TestSuite>()) {
// Complain about incorrect usage of Google Test facilities
// and terminate the program since we cannot guaranty correct
// test suite setup and tear-down in this case.
ReportInvalidTestSuiteType(test_suite_name, code_location);
posix::Abort();
} else {
// At this point we are sure that the object we found is of the same
// type we are looking for, so we downcast it to that type
// without further checks.
typed_test_info = CheckedDowncastToActualType<
ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo<TestSuite> >(test_suite_info);
}
break;
}
}
if (typed_test_info == nullptr) {
typed_test_info = new ParameterizedTestSuiteInfo<TestSuite>(
test_suite_name, code_location);
test_suite_infos_.push_back(typed_test_info);
}
return typed_test_info;
}
void RegisterTests() {
for (auto& test_suite_info : test_suite_infos_) {
test_suite_info->RegisterTests();
}
}
// Legacy API is deprecated but still available
#ifndef GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
template <class TestCase>
ParameterizedTestCaseInfo<TestCase>* GetTestCasePatternHolder(
const char* test_case_name, CodeLocation code_location) {
return GetTestSuitePatternHolder<TestCase>(test_case_name, code_location);
}
#endif // GTEST_REMOVE_LEGACY_TEST_CASEAPI_
private:
using TestSuiteInfoContainer = ::std::vector<ParameterizedTestSuiteInfoBase*>;
TestSuiteInfoContainer test_suite_infos_;
GTEST_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN_(ParameterizedTestSuiteRegistry);
};
} // namespace internal
// Forward declarations of ValuesIn(), which is implemented in
// include/gtest/gtest-param-test.h.
template <class Container>
internal::ParamGenerator<typename Container::value_type> ValuesIn(
const Container& container);
namespace internal {
// Used in the Values() function to provide polymorphic capabilities.
template <typename... Ts>
class ValueArray {
public:
ValueArray(Ts... v) : v_{std::move(v)...} {}
template <typename T>
operator ParamGenerator<T>() const { // NOLINT
return ValuesIn(MakeVector<T>(MakeIndexSequence<sizeof...(Ts)>()));
}
private:
template <typename T, size_t... I>
std::vector<T> MakeVector(IndexSequence<I...>) const {
return std::vector<T>{static_cast<T>(v_.template Get<I>())...};
}
FlatTuple<Ts...> v_;
};
template <typename... T>
class CartesianProductGenerator
: public ParamGeneratorInterface<::std::tuple<T...>> {
public:
typedef ::std::tuple<T...> ParamType;
CartesianProductGenerator(const std::tuple<ParamGenerator<T>...>& g)
: generators_(g) {}
~CartesianProductGenerator() override {}
ParamIteratorInterface<ParamType>* Begin() const override {
return new Iterator(this, generators_, false);
}
ParamIteratorInterface<ParamType>* End() const override {
return new Iterator(this, generators_, true);
}
private:
template <class I>
class IteratorImpl;
template <size_t... I>
class IteratorImpl<IndexSequence<I...>>
: public ParamIteratorInterface<ParamType> {
public:
IteratorImpl(const ParamGeneratorInterface<ParamType>* base,
const std::tuple<ParamGenerator<T>...>& generators, bool is_end)
: base_(base),
begin_(std::get<I>(generators).begin()...),
end_(std::get<I>(generators).end()...),
current_(is_end ? end_ : begin_) {
ComputeCurrentValue();
}
~IteratorImpl() override {}
const ParamGeneratorInterface<ParamType>* BaseGenerator() const override {
return base_;
}
// Advance should not be called on beyond-of-range iterators
// so no component iterators must be beyond end of range, either.
void Advance() override {
assert(!AtEnd());
// Advance the last iterator.
++std::get<sizeof...(T) - 1>(current_);
// if that reaches end, propagate that up.
AdvanceIfEnd<sizeof...(T) - 1>();
ComputeCurrentValue();
}
ParamIteratorInterface<ParamType>* Clone() const override {
return new IteratorImpl(*this);
}
const ParamType* Current() const override { return current_value_.get(); }
bool Equals(const ParamIteratorInterface<ParamType>& other) const override {
// Having the same base generator guarantees that the other
// iterator is of the same type and we can downcast.
GTEST_CHECK_(BaseGenerator() == other.BaseGenerator())
<< "The program attempted to compare iterators "
<< "from different generators." << std::endl;
const IteratorImpl* typed_other =
CheckedDowncastToActualType<const IteratorImpl>(&other);
// We must report iterators equal if they both point beyond their
// respective ranges. That can happen in a variety of fashions,
// so we have to consult AtEnd().
if (AtEnd() && typed_other->AtEnd()) return true;
bool same = true;
bool dummy[] = {
(same = same && std::get<I>(current_) ==
std::get<I>(typed_other->current_))...};
(void)dummy;
return same;
}
private:
template <size_t ThisI>
void AdvanceIfEnd() {
if (std::get<ThisI>(current_) != std::get<ThisI>(end_)) return;
bool last = ThisI == 0;
if (last) {
// We are done. Nothing else to propagate.
return;
}
constexpr size_t NextI = ThisI - (ThisI != 0);
std::get<ThisI>(current_) = std::get<ThisI>(begin_);
++std::get<NextI>(current_);
AdvanceIfEnd<NextI>();
}
void ComputeCurrentValue() {
if (!AtEnd())
current_value_ = std::make_shared<ParamType>(*std::get<I>(current_)...);
}
bool AtEnd() const {
bool at_end = false;
bool dummy[] = {
(at_end = at_end || std::get<I>(current_) == std::get<I>(end_))...};
(void)dummy;
return at_end;
}
const ParamGeneratorInterface<ParamType>* const base_;
std::tuple<typename ParamGenerator<T>::iterator...> begin_;
std::tuple<typename ParamGenerator<T>::iterator...> end_;
std::tuple<typename ParamGenerator<T>::iterator...> current_;
std::shared_ptr<ParamType> current_value_;
};
using Iterator = IteratorImpl<typename MakeIndexSequence<sizeof...(T)>::type>;
std::tuple<ParamGenerator<T>...> generators_;
};
template <class... Gen>
class CartesianProductHolder {
public:
CartesianProductHolder(const Gen&... g) : generators_(g...) {}
template <typename... T>
operator ParamGenerator<::std::tuple<T...>>() const {
return ParamGenerator<::std::tuple<T...>>(
new CartesianProductGenerator<T...>(generators_));
}
private:
std::tuple<Gen...> generators_;
};
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_PARAM_UTIL_H_

111
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-port-arch.h
View File

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This header file defines the GTEST_OS_* macro.
// It is separate from gtest-port.h so that custom/gtest-port.h can include it.
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_PORT_ARCH_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_PORT_ARCH_H_
// Determines the platform on which Google Test is compiled.
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
# define GTEST_OS_CYGWIN 1
# elif defined(__MINGW__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__MINGW64__)
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MINGW 1
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS 1
#elif defined _WIN32
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS 1
# ifdef _WIN32_WCE
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE 1
# elif defined(WINAPI_FAMILY)
# include <winapifamily.h>
# if WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP)
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_DESKTOP 1
# elif WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_PHONE_APP)
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_PHONE 1
# elif WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_APP)
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_RT 1
# elif WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_TV_TITLE)
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_PHONE 1
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_TV_TITLE 1
# else
// WINAPI_FAMILY defined but no known partition matched.
// Default to desktop.
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_DESKTOP 1
# endif
# else
# define GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_DESKTOP 1
# endif // _WIN32_WCE
#elif defined __OS2__
# define GTEST_OS_OS2 1
#elif defined __APPLE__
# define GTEST_OS_MAC 1
# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
# define GTEST_OS_IOS 1
# endif
#elif defined __DragonFly__
# define GTEST_OS_DRAGONFLY 1
#elif defined __FreeBSD__
# define GTEST_OS_FREEBSD 1
#elif defined __Fuchsia__
# define GTEST_OS_FUCHSIA 1
#elif defined(__GLIBC__) && defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
# define GTEST_OS_GNU_KFREEBSD 1
#elif defined __linux__
# define GTEST_OS_LINUX 1
# if defined __ANDROID__
# define GTEST_OS_LINUX_ANDROID 1
# endif
#elif defined __MVS__
# define GTEST_OS_ZOS 1
#elif defined(__sun) && defined(__SVR4)
# define GTEST_OS_SOLARIS 1
#elif defined(_AIX)
# define GTEST_OS_AIX 1
#elif defined(__hpux)
# define GTEST_OS_HPUX 1
#elif defined __native_client__
# define GTEST_OS_NACL 1
#elif defined __NetBSD__
# define GTEST_OS_NETBSD 1
#elif defined __OpenBSD__
# define GTEST_OS_OPENBSD 1
#elif defined __QNX__
# define GTEST_OS_QNX 1
#elif defined(__HAIKU__)
#define GTEST_OS_HAIKU 1
#elif defined ESP8266
#define GTEST_OS_ESP8266 1
#elif defined ESP32
#define GTEST_OS_ESP32 1
#endif // __CYGWIN__
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_PORT_ARCH_H_

2213
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

171
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-string.h
View File

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This header file declares the String class and functions used internally by
// Google Test. They are subject to change without notice. They should not used
// by code external to Google Test.
//
// This header file is #included by gtest-internal.h.
// It should not be #included by other files.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_STRING_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_STRING_H_
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
// string.h is not guaranteed to provide strcpy on C++ Builder.
# include <mem.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#include <string>
#include "gtest-port.h"
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
// String - an abstract class holding static string utilities.
class GTEST_API_ String {
public:
// Static utility methods
// Clones a 0-terminated C string, allocating memory using new. The
// caller is responsible for deleting the return value using
// delete[]. Returns the cloned string, or NULL if the input is
// NULL.
//
// This is different from strdup() in string.h, which allocates
// memory using malloc().
static const char* CloneCString(const char* c_str);
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
// Windows CE does not have the 'ANSI' versions of Win32 APIs. To be
// able to pass strings to Win32 APIs on CE we need to convert them
// to 'Unicode', UTF-16.
// Creates a UTF-16 wide string from the given ANSI string, allocating
// memory using new. The caller is responsible for deleting the return
// value using delete[]. Returns the wide string, or NULL if the
// input is NULL.
//
// The wide string is created using the ANSI codepage (CP_ACP) to
// match the behaviour of the ANSI versions of Win32 calls and the
// C runtime.
static LPCWSTR AnsiToUtf16(const char* c_str);
// Creates an ANSI string from the given wide string, allocating
// memory using new. The caller is responsible for deleting the return
// value using delete[]. Returns the ANSI string, or NULL if the
// input is NULL.
//
// The returned string is created using the ANSI codepage (CP_ACP) to
// match the behaviour of the ANSI versions of Win32 calls and the
// C runtime.
static const char* Utf16ToAnsi(LPCWSTR utf16_str);
#endif
// Compares two C strings. Returns true if and only if they have the same
// content.
//
// Unlike strcmp(), this function can handle NULL argument(s). A
// NULL C string is considered different to any non-NULL C string,
// including the empty string.
static bool CStringEquals(const char* lhs, const char* rhs);
// Converts a wide C string to a String using the UTF-8 encoding.
// NULL will be converted to "(null)". If an error occurred during
// the conversion, "(failed to convert from wide string)" is
// returned.
static std::string ShowWideCString(const wchar_t* wide_c_str);
// Compares two wide C strings. Returns true if and only if they have the
// same content.
//
// Unlike wcscmp(), this function can handle NULL argument(s). A
// NULL C string is considered different to any non-NULL C string,
// including the empty string.
static bool WideCStringEquals(const wchar_t* lhs, const wchar_t* rhs);
// Compares two C strings, ignoring case. Returns true if and only if
// they have the same content.
//
// Unlike strcasecmp(), this function can handle NULL argument(s).
// A NULL C string is considered different to any non-NULL C string,
// including the empty string.
static bool CaseInsensitiveCStringEquals(const char* lhs,
const char* rhs);
// Compares two wide C strings, ignoring case. Returns true if and only if
// they have the same content.
//
// Unlike wcscasecmp(), this function can handle NULL argument(s).
// A NULL C string is considered different to any non-NULL wide C string,
// including the empty string.
// NB: The implementations on different platforms slightly differ.
// On windows, this method uses _wcsicmp which compares according to LC_CTYPE
// environment variable. On GNU platform this method uses wcscasecmp
// which compares according to LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
// On MacOS X, it uses towlower, which also uses LC_CTYPE category of the
// current locale.
static bool CaseInsensitiveWideCStringEquals(const wchar_t* lhs,
const wchar_t* rhs);
// Returns true if and only if the given string ends with the given suffix,
// ignoring case. Any string is considered to end with an empty suffix.
static bool EndsWithCaseInsensitive(
const std::string& str, const std::string& suffix);
// Formats an int value as "%02d".
static std::string FormatIntWidth2(int value); // "%02d" for width == 2
// Formats an int value as "%X".
static std::string FormatHexInt(int value);
// Formats an int value as "%X".
static std::string FormatHexUInt32(UInt32 value);
// Formats a byte as "%02X".
static std::string FormatByte(unsigned char value);
private:
String(); // Not meant to be instantiated.
}; // class String
// Gets the content of the stringstream's buffer as an std::string. Each '\0'
// character in the buffer is replaced with "\\0".
GTEST_API_ std::string StringStreamToString(::std::stringstream* stream);
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_STRING_H_

183
core/deps/gtest/internal/gtest-type-util.h
View File

@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.
// All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Type utilities needed for implementing typed and type-parameterized
// tests.
// GOOGLETEST_CM0001 DO NOT DELETE
#ifndef GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_TYPE_UTIL_H_
#define GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_TYPE_UTIL_H_
#include "gtest-port.h"
// #ifdef __GNUC__ is too general here. It is possible to use gcc without using
// libstdc++ (which is where cxxabi.h comes from).
# if GTEST_HAS_CXXABI_H_
# include <cxxabi.h>
# elif defined(__HP_aCC)
# include <acxx_demangle.h>
# endif // GTEST_HASH_CXXABI_H_
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
// Canonicalizes a given name with respect to the Standard C++ Library.
// This handles removing the inline namespace within `std` that is
// used by various standard libraries (e.g., `std::__1`). Names outside
// of namespace std are returned unmodified.
inline std::string CanonicalizeForStdLibVersioning(std::string s) {
static const char prefix[] = "std::__";
if (s.compare(0, strlen(prefix), prefix) == 0) {
std::string::size_type end = s.find("::", strlen(prefix));
if (end != s.npos) {
// Erase everything between the initial `std` and the second `::`.
s.erase(strlen("std"), end - strlen("std"));
}
}
return s;
}
// GetTypeName<T>() returns a human-readable name of type T.
// NB: This function is also used in Google Mock, so don't move it inside of
// the typed-test-only section below.
template <typename T>
std::string GetTypeName() {
# if GTEST_HAS_RTTI
const char* const name = typeid(T).name();
# if GTEST_HAS_CXXABI_H_ || defined(__HP_aCC)
int status = 0;
// gcc's implementation of typeid(T).name() mangles the type name,
// so we have to demangle it.
# if GTEST_HAS_CXXABI_H_
using abi::__cxa_demangle;
# endif // GTEST_HAS_CXXABI_H_
char* const readable_name = __cxa_demangle(name, nullptr, nullptr, &status);
const std::string name_str(status == 0 ? readable_name : name);
free(readable_name);
return CanonicalizeForStdLibVersioning(name_str);
# else
return name;
# endif // GTEST_HAS_CXXABI_H_ || __HP_aCC
# else
return "<type>";
# endif // GTEST_HAS_RTTI
}
#if GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST || GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST_P
// A unique type indicating an empty node
struct None {};
# define GTEST_TEMPLATE_ template <typename T> class
// The template "selector" struct TemplateSel<Tmpl> is used to
// represent Tmpl, which must be a class template with one type
// parameter, as a type. TemplateSel<Tmpl>::Bind<T>::type is defined
// as the type Tmpl<T>. This allows us to actually instantiate the
// template "selected" by TemplateSel<Tmpl>.
//
// This trick is necessary for simulating typedef for class templates,
// which C++ doesn't support directly.
template <GTEST_TEMPLATE_ Tmpl>
struct TemplateSel {
template <typename T>
struct Bind {
typedef Tmpl<T> type;
};
};
# define GTEST_BIND_(TmplSel, T) \
TmplSel::template Bind<T>::type
template <GTEST_TEMPLATE_ Head_, GTEST_TEMPLATE_... Tail_>
struct Templates {
using Head = TemplateSel<Head_>;
using Tail = Templates<Tail_...>;
};
template <GTEST_TEMPLATE_ Head_>
struct Templates<Head_> {
using Head = TemplateSel<Head_>;
using Tail = None;
};
// Tuple-like type lists
template <typename Head_, typename... Tail_>
struct Types {
using Head = Head_;
using Tail = Types<Tail_...>;
};
template <typename Head_>
struct Types<Head_> {
using Head = Head_;
using Tail = None;
};
// Helper metafunctions to tell apart a single type from types
// generated by ::testing::Types
template <typename... Ts>
struct ProxyTypeList {
using type = Types<Ts...>;
};
template <typename>
struct is_proxy_type_list : std::false_type {};
template <typename... Ts>
struct is_proxy_type_list<ProxyTypeList<Ts...>> : std::true_type {};
// Generator which conditionally creates type lists.
// It recognizes if a requested type list should be created
// and prevents creating a new type list nested within another one.
template <typename T>
struct GenerateTypeList {
private:
using proxy = typename std::conditional<is_proxy_type_list<T>::value, T,
ProxyTypeList<T>>::type;
public:
using type = typename proxy::type;
};
#endif // GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST || GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST_P
} // namespace internal
template <typename... Ts>
using Types = internal::ProxyTypeList<Ts...>;
} // namespace testing
#endif // GTEST_INCLUDE_GTEST_INTERNAL_GTEST_TYPE_UTIL_H_

46
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-all.cc
View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// Sometimes it's desirable to build Google Test by compiling a single file.
// This file serves this purpose.
// This line ensures that gtest.h can be compiled on its own, even
// when it's fused.
#include "gtest/gtest.h"
#include "gtest.cc"
#include "gtest-death-test.cc"
#include "gtest-filepath.cc"
#include "gtest-matchers.cc"
#include "gtest-port.cc"
#include "gtest-printers.cc"
#include "gtest-test-part.cc"
#include "gtest-typed-test.cc"

1653
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-death-test.cc
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

383
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-filepath.cc
View File

@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-filepath.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "gtest/gtest-message.h"
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-port.h"
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
# include <windows.h>
#elif GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
# include <direct.h>
# include <io.h>
#else
# include <limits.h>
# include <climits> // Some Linux distributions define PATH_MAX here.
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-string.h"
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
# define GTEST_PATH_MAX_ _MAX_PATH
#elif defined(PATH_MAX)
# define GTEST_PATH_MAX_ PATH_MAX
#elif defined(_XOPEN_PATH_MAX)
# define GTEST_PATH_MAX_ _XOPEN_PATH_MAX
#else
# define GTEST_PATH_MAX_ _POSIX_PATH_MAX
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
// On Windows, '\\' is the standard path separator, but many tools and the
// Windows API also accept '/' as an alternate path separator. Unless otherwise
// noted, a file path can contain either kind of path separators, or a mixture
// of them.
const char kPathSeparator = '\\';
const char kAlternatePathSeparator = '/';
const char kAlternatePathSeparatorString[] = "/";
# if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
// Windows CE doesn't have a current directory. You should not use
// the current directory in tests on Windows CE, but this at least
// provides a reasonable fallback.
const char kCurrentDirectoryString[] = "\\";
// Windows CE doesn't define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
const DWORD kInvalidFileAttributes = 0xffffffff;
# else
const char kCurrentDirectoryString[] = ".\\";
# endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
#else
const char kPathSeparator = '/';
const char kCurrentDirectoryString[] = "./";
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
// Returns whether the given character is a valid path separator.
static bool IsPathSeparator(char c) {
#if GTEST_HAS_ALT_PATH_SEP_
return (c == kPathSeparator) || (c == kAlternatePathSeparator);
#else
return c == kPathSeparator;
#endif
}
// Returns the current working directory, or "" if unsuccessful.
FilePath FilePath::GetCurrentDir() {
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE || GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_PHONE || \
GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_RT || GTEST_OS_ESP8266 || GTEST_OS_ESP32
// These platforms do not have a current directory, so we just return
// something reasonable.
return FilePath(kCurrentDirectoryString);
#elif GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
char cwd[GTEST_PATH_MAX_ + 1] = { '\0' };
return FilePath(_getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == nullptr ? "" : cwd);
#else
char cwd[GTEST_PATH_MAX_ + 1] = { '\0' };
char* result = getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd));
# if GTEST_OS_NACL
// getcwd will likely fail in NaCl due to the sandbox, so return something
// reasonable. The user may have provided a shim implementation for getcwd,
// however, so fallback only when failure is detected.
return FilePath(result == nullptr ? kCurrentDirectoryString : cwd);
# endif // GTEST_OS_NACL
return FilePath(result == nullptr ? "" : cwd);
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
}
// Returns a copy of the FilePath with the case-insensitive extension removed.
// Example: FilePath("dir/file.exe").RemoveExtension("EXE") returns
// FilePath("dir/file"). If a case-insensitive extension is not
// found, returns a copy of the original FilePath.
FilePath FilePath::RemoveExtension(const char* extension) const {
const std::string dot_extension = std::string(".") + extension;
if (String::EndsWithCaseInsensitive(pathname_, dot_extension)) {
return FilePath(pathname_.substr(
0, pathname_.length() - dot_extension.length()));
}
return *this;
}
// Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of a valid path separator in
// the FilePath. On Windows, for example, both '/' and '\' are valid path
// separators. Returns NULL if no path separator was found.
const char* FilePath::FindLastPathSeparator() const {
const char* const last_sep = strrchr(c_str(), kPathSeparator);
#if GTEST_HAS_ALT_PATH_SEP_
const char* const last_alt_sep = strrchr(c_str(), kAlternatePathSeparator);
// Comparing two pointers of which only one is NULL is undefined.
if (last_alt_sep != nullptr &&
(last_sep == nullptr || last_alt_sep > last_sep)) {
return last_alt_sep;
}
#endif
return last_sep;
}
// Returns a copy of the FilePath with the directory part removed.
// Example: FilePath("path/to/file").RemoveDirectoryName() returns
// FilePath("file"). If there is no directory part ("just_a_file"), it returns
// the FilePath unmodified. If there is no file part ("just_a_dir/") it
// returns an empty FilePath ("").
// On Windows platform, '\' is the path separator, otherwise it is '/'.
FilePath FilePath::RemoveDirectoryName() const {
const char* const last_sep = FindLastPathSeparator();
return last_sep ? FilePath(last_sep + 1) : *this;
}
// RemoveFileName returns the directory path with the filename removed.
// Example: FilePath("path/to/file").RemoveFileName() returns "path/to/".
// If the FilePath is "a_file" or "/a_file", RemoveFileName returns
// FilePath("./") or, on Windows, FilePath(".\\"). If the filepath does
// not have a file, like "just/a/dir/", it returns the FilePath unmodified.
// On Windows platform, '\' is the path separator, otherwise it is '/'.
FilePath FilePath::RemoveFileName() const {
const char* const last_sep = FindLastPathSeparator();
std::string dir;
if (last_sep) {
dir = std::string(c_str(), static_cast<size_t>(last_sep + 1 - c_str()));
} else {
dir = kCurrentDirectoryString;
}
return FilePath(dir);
}
// Helper functions for naming files in a directory for xml output.
// Given directory = "dir", base_name = "test", number = 0,
// extension = "xml", returns "dir/test.xml". If number is greater
// than zero (e.g., 12), returns "dir/test_12.xml".
// On Windows platform, uses \ as the separator rather than /.
FilePath FilePath::MakeFileName(const FilePath& directory,
const FilePath& base_name,
int number,
const char* extension) {
std::string file;
if (number == 0) {
file = base_name.string() + "." + extension;
} else {
file = base_name.string() + "_" + StreamableToString(number)
+ "." + extension;
}
return ConcatPaths(directory, FilePath(file));
}
// Given directory = "dir", relative_path = "test.xml", returns "dir/test.xml".
// On Windows, uses \ as the separator rather than /.
FilePath FilePath::ConcatPaths(const FilePath& directory,
const FilePath& relative_path) {
if (directory.IsEmpty())
return relative_path;
const FilePath dir(directory.RemoveTrailingPathSeparator());
return FilePath(dir.string() + kPathSeparator + relative_path.string());
}
// Returns true if pathname describes something findable in the file-system,
// either a file, directory, or whatever.
bool FilePath::FileOrDirectoryExists() const {
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
LPCWSTR unicode = String::AnsiToUtf16(pathname_.c_str());
const DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributes(unicode);
delete [] unicode;
return attributes != kInvalidFileAttributes;
#else
posix::StatStruct file_stat;
return posix::Stat(pathname_.c_str(), &file_stat) == 0;
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
}
// Returns true if pathname describes a directory in the file-system
// that exists.
bool FilePath::DirectoryExists() const {
bool result = false;
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
// Don't strip off trailing separator if path is a root directory on
// Windows (like "C:\\").
const FilePath& path(IsRootDirectory() ? *this :
RemoveTrailingPathSeparator());
#else
const FilePath& path(*this);
#endif
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
LPCWSTR unicode = String::AnsiToUtf16(path.c_str());
const DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributes(unicode);
delete [] unicode;
if ((attributes != kInvalidFileAttributes) &&
(attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) {
result = true;
}
#else
posix::StatStruct file_stat;
result = posix::Stat(path.c_str(), &file_stat) == 0 &&
posix::IsDir(file_stat);
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
return result;
}
// Returns true if pathname describes a root directory. (Windows has one
// root directory per disk drive.)
bool FilePath::IsRootDirectory() const {
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
return pathname_.length() == 3 && IsAbsolutePath();
#else
return pathname_.length() == 1 && IsPathSeparator(pathname_.c_str()[0]);
#endif
}
// Returns true if pathname describes an absolute path.
bool FilePath::IsAbsolutePath() const {
const char* const name = pathname_.c_str();
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
return pathname_.length() >= 3 &&
((name[0] >= 'a' && name[0] <= 'z') ||
(name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z')) &&
name[1] == ':' &&
IsPathSeparator(name[2]);
#else
return IsPathSeparator(name[0]);
#endif
}
// Returns a pathname for a file that does not currently exist. The pathname
// will be directory/base_name.extension or
// directory/base_name_<number>.extension if directory/base_name.extension
// already exists. The number will be incremented until a pathname is found
// that does not already exist.
// Examples: 'dir/foo_test.xml' or 'dir/foo_test_1.xml'.
// There could be a race condition if two or more processes are calling this
// function at the same time -- they could both pick the same filename.
FilePath FilePath::GenerateUniqueFileName(const FilePath& directory,
const FilePath& base_name,
const char* extension) {
FilePath full_pathname;
int number = 0;
do {
full_pathname.Set(MakeFileName(directory, base_name, number++, extension));
} while (full_pathname.FileOrDirectoryExists());
return full_pathname;
}
// Returns true if FilePath ends with a path separator, which indicates that
// it is intended to represent a directory. Returns false otherwise.
// This does NOT check that a directory (or file) actually exists.
bool FilePath::IsDirectory() const {
return !pathname_.empty() &&
IsPathSeparator(pathname_.c_str()[pathname_.length() - 1]);
}
// Create directories so that path exists. Returns true if successful or if
// the directories already exist; returns false if unable to create directories
// for any reason.
bool FilePath::CreateDirectoriesRecursively() const {
if (!this->IsDirectory()) {
return false;
}
if (pathname_.length() == 0 || this->DirectoryExists()) {
return true;
}
const FilePath parent(this->RemoveTrailingPathSeparator().RemoveFileName());
return parent.CreateDirectoriesRecursively() && this->CreateFolder();
}
// Create the directory so that path exists. Returns true if successful or
// if the directory already exists; returns false if unable to create the
// directory for any reason, including if the parent directory does not
// exist. Not named "CreateDirectory" because that's a macro on Windows.
bool FilePath::CreateFolder() const {
#if GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
FilePath removed_sep(this->RemoveTrailingPathSeparator());
LPCWSTR unicode = String::AnsiToUtf16(removed_sep.c_str());
int result = CreateDirectory(unicode, nullptr) ? 0 : -1;
delete [] unicode;
#elif GTEST_OS_WINDOWS
int result = _mkdir(pathname_.c_str());
#elif GTEST_OS_ESP8266
// do nothing
int result = 0;
#else
int result = mkdir(pathname_.c_str(), 0777);
#endif // GTEST_OS_WINDOWS_MOBILE
if (result == -1) {
return this->DirectoryExists(); // An error is OK if the directory exists.
}
return true; // No error.
}
// If input name has a trailing separator character, remove it and return the
// name, otherwise return the name string unmodified.
// On Windows platform, uses \ as the separator, other platforms use /.
FilePath FilePath::RemoveTrailingPathSeparator() const {
return IsDirectory()
? FilePath(pathname_.substr(0, pathname_.length() - 1))
: *this;
}
// Removes any redundant separators that might be in the pathname.
// For example, "bar///foo" becomes "bar/foo". Does not eliminate other
// redundancies that might be in a pathname involving "." or "..".
void FilePath::Normalize() {
if (pathname_.c_str() == nullptr) {
pathname_ = "";
return;
}
const char* src = pathname_.c_str();
char* const dest = new char[pathname_.length() + 1];
char* dest_ptr = dest;
memset(dest_ptr, 0, pathname_.length() + 1);
while (*src != '\0') {
*dest_ptr = *src;
if (!IsPathSeparator(*src)) {
src++;
} else {
#if GTEST_HAS_ALT_PATH_SEP_
if (*dest_ptr == kAlternatePathSeparator) {
*dest_ptr = kPathSeparator;
}
#endif
while (IsPathSeparator(*src))
src++;
}
dest_ptr++;
}
*dest_ptr = '\0';
pathname_ = dest;
delete[] dest;
}
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing

1211
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-internal-inl.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

97
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-matchers.cc
View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
//
// This file implements just enough of the matcher interface to allow
// EXPECT_DEATH and friends to accept a matcher argument.
#include "gtest/gtest-matchers.h"
#include <string>
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-internal.h"
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-port.h"
namespace testing {
// Constructs a matcher that matches a const std::string& whose value is
// equal to s.
Matcher<const std::string&>::Matcher(const std::string& s) { *this = Eq(s); }
// Constructs a matcher that matches a const std::string& whose value is
// equal to s.
Matcher<const std::string&>::Matcher(const char* s) {
*this = Eq(std::string(s));
}
// Constructs a matcher that matches a std::string whose value is equal to
// s.
Matcher<std::string>::Matcher(const std::string& s) { *this = Eq(s); }
// Constructs a matcher that matches a std::string whose value is equal to
// s.
Matcher<std::string>::Matcher(const char* s) { *this = Eq(std::string(s)); }
#if GTEST_HAS_ABSL
// Constructs a matcher that matches a const absl::string_view& whose value is
// equal to s.
Matcher<const absl::string_view&>::Matcher(const std::string& s) {
*this = Eq(s);
}
// Constructs a matcher that matches a const absl::string_view& whose value is
// equal to s.
Matcher<const absl::string_view&>::Matcher(const char* s) {
*this = Eq(std::string(s));
}
// Constructs a matcher that matches a const absl::string_view& whose value is
// equal to s.
Matcher<const absl::string_view&>::Matcher(absl::string_view s) {
*this = Eq(std::string(s));
}
// Constructs a matcher that matches a absl::string_view whose value is equal to
// s.
Matcher<absl::string_view>::Matcher(const std::string& s) { *this = Eq(s); }
// Constructs a matcher that matches a absl::string_view whose value is equal to
// s.
Matcher<absl::string_view>::Matcher(const char* s) {
*this = Eq(std::string(s));
}
// Constructs a matcher that matches a absl::string_view whose value is equal to
// s.
Matcher<absl::string_view>::Matcher(absl::string_view s) {
*this = Eq(std::string(s));
}
#endif // GTEST_HAS_ABSL
} // namespace testing

1399
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-port.cc
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

444
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-printers.cc
View File

@ -1,444 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Google Test - The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework
//
// This file implements a universal value printer that can print a
// value of any type T:
//
// void ::testing::internal::UniversalPrinter<T>::Print(value, ostream_ptr);
//
// It uses the << operator when possible, and prints the bytes in the
// object otherwise. A user can override its behavior for a class
// type Foo by defining either operator<<(::std::ostream&, const Foo&)
// or void PrintTo(const Foo&, ::std::ostream*) in the namespace that
// defines Foo.
#include "gtest/gtest-printers.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <cctype>
#include <cwchar>
#include <ostream> // NOLINT
#include <string>
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-port.h"
#include "gtest-internal-inl.h"
namespace testing {
namespace {
using ::std::ostream;
// Prints a segment of bytes in the given object.
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_MEMORY_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_ADDRESS_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_HWADDRESS_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_THREAD_
void PrintByteSegmentInObjectTo(const unsigned char* obj_bytes, size_t start,
size_t count, ostream* os) {
char text[5] = "";
for (size_t i = 0; i != count; i++) {
const size_t j = start + i;
if (i != 0) {
// Organizes the bytes into groups of 2 for easy parsing by
// human.
if ((j % 2) == 0)
*os << ' ';
else
*os << '-';
}
GTEST_SNPRINTF_(text, sizeof(text), "%02X", obj_bytes[j]);
*os << text;
}
}
// Prints the bytes in the given value to the given ostream.
void PrintBytesInObjectToImpl(const unsigned char* obj_bytes, size_t count,
ostream* os) {
// Tells the user how big the object is.
*os << count << "-byte object <";
const size_t kThreshold = 132;
const size_t kChunkSize = 64;
// If the object size is bigger than kThreshold, we'll have to omit
// some details by printing only the first and the last kChunkSize
// bytes.
if (count < kThreshold) {
PrintByteSegmentInObjectTo(obj_bytes, 0, count, os);
} else {
PrintByteSegmentInObjectTo(obj_bytes, 0, kChunkSize, os);
*os << " ... ";
// Rounds up to 2-byte boundary.
const size_t resume_pos = (count - kChunkSize + 1)/2*2;
PrintByteSegmentInObjectTo(obj_bytes, resume_pos, count - resume_pos, os);
}
*os << ">";
}
} // namespace
namespace internal2 {
// Delegates to PrintBytesInObjectToImpl() to print the bytes in the
// given object. The delegation simplifies the implementation, which
// uses the << operator and thus is easier done outside of the
// ::testing::internal namespace, which contains a << operator that
// sometimes conflicts with the one in STL.
void PrintBytesInObjectTo(const unsigned char* obj_bytes, size_t count,
ostream* os) {
PrintBytesInObjectToImpl(obj_bytes, count, os);
}
} // namespace internal2
namespace internal {
// Depending on the value of a char (or wchar_t), we print it in one
// of three formats:
// - as is if it's a printable ASCII (e.g. 'a', '2', ' '),
// - as a hexadecimal escape sequence (e.g. '\x7F'), or
// - as a special escape sequence (e.g. '\r', '\n').
enum CharFormat {
kAsIs,
kHexEscape,
kSpecialEscape
};
// Returns true if c is a printable ASCII character. We test the
// value of c directly instead of calling isprint(), which is buggy on
// Windows Mobile.
inline bool IsPrintableAscii(wchar_t c) {
return 0x20 <= c && c <= 0x7E;
}
// Prints a wide or narrow char c as a character literal without the
// quotes, escaping it when necessary; returns how c was formatted.
// The template argument UnsignedChar is the unsigned version of Char,
// which is the type of c.
template <typename UnsignedChar, typename Char>
static CharFormat PrintAsCharLiteralTo(Char c, ostream* os) {
wchar_t w_c = static_cast<wchar_t>(c);
switch (w_c) {
case L'\0':
*os << "\\0";
break;
case L'\'':
*os << "\\'";
break;
case L'\\':
*os << "\\\\";
break;
case L'\a':
*os << "\\a";
break;
case L'\b':
*os << "\\b";
break;
case L'\f':
*os << "\\f";
break;
case L'\n':
*os << "\\n";
break;
case L'\r':
*os << "\\r";
break;
case L'\t':
*os << "\\t";
break;
case L'\v':
*os << "\\v";
break;
default:
if (IsPrintableAscii(w_c)) {
*os << static_cast<char>(c);
return kAsIs;
} else {
ostream::fmtflags flags = os->flags();
*os << "\\x" << std::hex << std::uppercase
<< static_cast<int>(static_cast<UnsignedChar>(c));
os->flags(flags);
return kHexEscape;
}
}
return kSpecialEscape;
}
// Prints a wchar_t c as if it's part of a string literal, escaping it when
// necessary; returns how c was formatted.
static CharFormat PrintAsStringLiteralTo(wchar_t c, ostream* os) {
switch (c) {
case L'\'':
*os << "'";
return kAsIs;
case L'"':
*os << "\\\"";
return kSpecialEscape;
default:
return PrintAsCharLiteralTo<wchar_t>(c, os);
}
}
// Prints a char c as if it's part of a string literal, escaping it when
// necessary; returns how c was formatted.
static CharFormat PrintAsStringLiteralTo(char c, ostream* os) {
return PrintAsStringLiteralTo(
static_cast<wchar_t>(static_cast<unsigned char>(c)), os);
}
// Prints a wide or narrow character c and its code. '\0' is printed
// as "'\\0'", other unprintable characters are also properly escaped
// using the standard C++ escape sequence. The template argument
// UnsignedChar is the unsigned version of Char, which is the type of c.
template <typename UnsignedChar, typename Char>
void PrintCharAndCodeTo(Char c, ostream* os) {
// First, print c as a literal in the most readable form we can find.
*os << ((sizeof(c) > 1) ? "L'" : "'");
const CharFormat format = PrintAsCharLiteralTo<UnsignedChar>(c, os);
*os << "'";
// To aid user debugging, we also print c's code in decimal, unless
// it's 0 (in which case c was printed as '\\0', making the code
// obvious).
if (c == 0)
return;
*os << " (" << static_cast<int>(c);
// For more convenience, we print c's code again in hexadecimal,
// unless c was already printed in the form '\x##' or the code is in
// [1, 9].
if (format == kHexEscape || (1 <= c && c <= 9)) {
// Do nothing.
} else {
*os << ", 0x" << String::FormatHexInt(static_cast<int>(c));
}
*os << ")";
}
void PrintTo(unsigned char c, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintCharAndCodeTo<unsigned char>(c, os);
}
void PrintTo(signed char c, ::std::ostream* os) {
PrintCharAndCodeTo<unsigned char>(c, os);
}
// Prints a wchar_t as a symbol if it is printable or as its internal
// code otherwise and also as its code. L'\0' is printed as "L'\\0'".
void PrintTo(wchar_t wc, ostream* os) {
PrintCharAndCodeTo<wchar_t>(wc, os);
}
// Prints the given array of characters to the ostream. CharType must be either
// char or wchar_t.
// The array starts at begin, the length is len, it may include '\0' characters
// and may not be NUL-terminated.
template <typename CharType>
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_MEMORY_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_ADDRESS_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_HWADDRESS_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_THREAD_
static CharFormat PrintCharsAsStringTo(
const CharType* begin, size_t len, ostream* os) {
const char* const kQuoteBegin = sizeof(CharType) == 1 ? "\"" : "L\"";
*os << kQuoteBegin;
bool is_previous_hex = false;
CharFormat print_format = kAsIs;
for (size_t index = 0; index < len; ++index) {
const CharType cur = begin[index];
if (is_previous_hex && IsXDigit(cur)) {
// Previous character is of '\x..' form and this character can be
// interpreted as another hexadecimal digit in its number. Break string to
// disambiguate.
*os << "\" " << kQuoteBegin;
}
is_previous_hex = PrintAsStringLiteralTo(cur, os) == kHexEscape;
// Remember if any characters required hex escaping.
if (is_previous_hex) {
print_format = kHexEscape;
}
}
*os << "\"";
return print_format;
}
// Prints a (const) char/wchar_t array of 'len' elements, starting at address
// 'begin'. CharType must be either char or wchar_t.
template <typename CharType>
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_MEMORY_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_ADDRESS_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_HWADDRESS_
GTEST_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_THREAD_
static void UniversalPrintCharArray(
const CharType* begin, size_t len, ostream* os) {
// The code
// const char kFoo[] = "foo";
// generates an array of 4, not 3, elements, with the last one being '\0'.
//
// Therefore when printing a char array, we don't print the last element if
// it's '\0', such that the output matches the string literal as it's
// written in the source code.
if (len > 0 && begin[len - 1] == '\0') {
PrintCharsAsStringTo(begin, len - 1, os);
return;
}
// If, however, the last element in the array is not '\0', e.g.
// const char kFoo[] = { 'f', 'o', 'o' };
// we must print the entire array. We also print a message to indicate
// that the array is not NUL-terminated.
PrintCharsAsStringTo(begin, len, os);
*os << " (no terminating NUL)";
}
// Prints a (const) char array of 'len' elements, starting at address 'begin'.
void UniversalPrintArray(const char* begin, size_t len, ostream* os) {
UniversalPrintCharArray(begin, len, os);
}
// Prints a (const) wchar_t array of 'len' elements, starting at address
// 'begin'.
void UniversalPrintArray(const wchar_t* begin, size_t len, ostream* os) {
UniversalPrintCharArray(begin, len, os);
}
// Prints the given C string to the ostream.
void PrintTo(const char* s, ostream* os) {
if (s == nullptr) {
*os << "NULL";
} else {
*os << ImplicitCast_<const void*>(s) << " pointing to ";
PrintCharsAsStringTo(s, strlen(s), os);
}
}
// MSVC compiler can be configured to define whar_t as a typedef
// of unsigned short. Defining an overload for const wchar_t* in that case
// would cause pointers to unsigned shorts be printed as wide strings,
// possibly accessing more memory than intended and causing invalid
// memory accesses. MSVC defines _NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED symbol when
// wchar_t is implemented as a native type.
#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED)
// Prints the given wide C string to the ostream.
void PrintTo(const wchar_t* s, ostream* os) {
if (s == nullptr) {
*os << "NULL";
} else {
*os << ImplicitCast_<const void*>(s) << " pointing to ";
PrintCharsAsStringTo(s, wcslen(s), os);
}
}
#endif // wchar_t is native
namespace {
bool ContainsUnprintableControlCodes(const char* str, size_t length) {
const unsigned char *s = reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char *>(str);
for (size_t i = 0; i < length; i++) {
unsigned char ch = *s++;
if (std::iscntrl(ch)) {
switch (ch) {
case '\t':
case '\n':
case '\r':
break;
default:
return true;
}
}
}
return false;
}
bool IsUTF8TrailByte(unsigned char t) { return 0x80 <= t && t<= 0xbf; }
bool IsValidUTF8(const char* str, size_t length) {
const unsigned char *s = reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char *>(str);
for (size_t i = 0; i < length;) {
unsigned char lead = s[i++];
if (lead <= 0x7f) {
continue; // single-byte character (ASCII) 0..7F
}
if (lead < 0xc2) {
return false; // trail byte or non-shortest form
} else if (lead <= 0xdf && (i + 1) <= length && IsUTF8TrailByte(s[i])) {
++i; // 2-byte character
} else if (0xe0 <= lead && lead <= 0xef && (i + 2) <= length &&
IsUTF8TrailByte(s[i]) &&
IsUTF8TrailByte(s[i + 1]) &&
// check for non-shortest form and surrogate
(lead != 0xe0 || s[i] >= 0xa0) &&
(lead != 0xed || s[i] < 0xa0)) {
i += 2; // 3-byte character
} else if (0xf0 <= lead && lead <= 0xf4 && (i + 3) <= length &&
IsUTF8TrailByte(s[i]) &&
IsUTF8TrailByte(s[i + 1]) &&
IsUTF8TrailByte(s[i + 2]) &&
// check for non-shortest form
(lead != 0xf0 || s[i] >= 0x90) &&
(lead != 0xf4 || s[i] < 0x90)) {
i += 3; // 4-byte character
} else {
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
void ConditionalPrintAsText(const char* str, size_t length, ostream* os) {
if (!ContainsUnprintableControlCodes(str, length) &&
IsValidUTF8(str, length)) {
*os << "\n As Text: \"" << str << "\"";
}
}
} // anonymous namespace
void PrintStringTo(const ::std::string& s, ostream* os) {
if (PrintCharsAsStringTo(s.data(), s.size(), os) == kHexEscape) {
if (GTEST_FLAG(print_utf8)) {
ConditionalPrintAsText(s.data(), s.size(), os);
}
}
}
#if GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
void PrintWideStringTo(const ::std::wstring& s, ostream* os) {
PrintCharsAsStringTo(s.data(), s.size(), os);
}
#endif // GTEST_HAS_STD_WSTRING
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing

108
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-test-part.cc
View File

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// The Google C++ Testing and Mocking Framework (Google Test)
#include "gtest/gtest-test-part.h"
#include "gtest/internal/gtest-port.h"
#include "gtest-internal-inl.h"
namespace testing {
using internal::GetUnitTestImpl;
// Gets the summary of the failure message by omitting the stack trace
// in it.
std::string TestPartResult::ExtractSummary(const char* message) {
const char* const stack_trace = strstr(message, internal::kStackTraceMarker);
return stack_trace == nullptr ? message : std::string(message, stack_trace);
}
// Prints a TestPartResult object.
std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const TestPartResult& result) {
return os << internal::FormatFileLocation(result.file_name(),
result.line_number())
<< " "
<< (result.type() == TestPartResult::kSuccess
? "Success"
: result.type() == TestPartResult::kSkip
? "Skipped"
: result.type() == TestPartResult::kFatalFailure
? "Fatal failure"
: "Non-fatal failure")
<< ":\n"
<< result.message() << std::endl;
}
// Appends a TestPartResult to the array.
void TestPartResultArray::Append(const TestPartResult& result) {
array_.push_back(result);
}
// Returns the TestPartResult at the given index (0-based).
const TestPartResult& TestPartResultArray::GetTestPartResult(int index) const {
if (index < 0 || index >= size()) {
printf("\nInvalid index (%d) into TestPartResultArray.\n", index);
internal::posix::Abort();
}
return array_[static_cast<size_t>(index)];
}
// Returns the number of TestPartResult objects in the array.
int TestPartResultArray::size() const {
return static_cast<int>(array_.size());
}
namespace internal {
HasNewFatalFailureHelper::HasNewFatalFailureHelper()
: has_new_fatal_failure_(false),
original_reporter_(GetUnitTestImpl()->
GetTestPartResultReporterForCurrentThread()) {
GetUnitTestImpl()->SetTestPartResultReporterForCurrentThread(this);
}
HasNewFatalFailureHelper::~HasNewFatalFailureHelper() {
GetUnitTestImpl()->SetTestPartResultReporterForCurrentThread(
original_reporter_);
}
void HasNewFatalFailureHelper::ReportTestPartResult(
const TestPartResult& result) {
if (result.fatally_failed())
has_new_fatal_failure_ = true;
original_reporter_->ReportTestPartResult(result);
}
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing

118
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest-typed-test.cc
View File

@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.
// All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#include "gtest/gtest-typed-test.h"
#include "gtest/gtest.h"
namespace testing {
namespace internal {
#if GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST_P
// Skips to the first non-space char in str. Returns an empty string if str
// contains only whitespace characters.
static const char* SkipSpaces(const char* str) {
while (IsSpace(*str))
str++;
return str;
}
static std::vector<std::string> SplitIntoTestNames(const char* src) {
std::vector<std::string> name_vec;
src = SkipSpaces(src);
for (; src != nullptr; src = SkipComma(src)) {
name_vec.push_back(StripTrailingSpaces(GetPrefixUntilComma(src)));
}
return name_vec;
}
// Verifies that registered_tests match the test names in
// registered_tests_; returns registered_tests if successful, or
// aborts the program otherwise.
const char* TypedTestSuitePState::VerifyRegisteredTestNames(
const char* file, int line, const char* registered_tests) {
typedef RegisteredTestsMap::const_iterator RegisteredTestIter;
registered_ = true;
std::vector<std::string> name_vec = SplitIntoTestNames(registered_tests);
Message errors;
std::set<std::string> tests;
for (std::vector<std::string>::const_iterator name_it = name_vec.begin();
name_it != name_vec.end(); ++name_it) {
const std::string& name = *name_it;
if (tests.count(name) != 0) {
errors << "Test " << name << " is listed more than once.\n";
continue;
}
bool found = false;
for (RegisteredTestIter it = registered_tests_.begin();
it != registered_tests_.end();
++it) {
if (name == it->first) {
found = true;
break;
}
}
if (found) {
tests.insert(name);
} else {
errors << "No test named " << name
<< " can be found in this test suite.\n";
}
}
for (RegisteredTestIter it = registered_tests_.begin();
it != registered_tests_.end();
++it) {
if (tests.count(it->first) == 0) {
errors << "You forgot to list test " << it->first << ".\n";
}
}
const std::string& errors_str = errors.GetString();
if (errors_str != "") {
fprintf(stderr, "%s %s", FormatFileLocation(file, line).c_str(),
errors_str.c_str());
fflush(stderr);
posix::Abort();
}
return registered_tests;
}
#endif // GTEST_HAS_TYPED_TEST_P
} // namespace internal
} // namespace testing

6176
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest.cc
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

55
core/deps/gtest/src/gtest_main.cc
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#include <cstdio>
#include "gtest/gtest.h"
#if GTEST_OS_ESP8266 || GTEST_OS_ESP32
#if GTEST_OS_ESP8266
extern "C" {
#endif
void setup() {
testing::InitGoogleTest();
}
void loop() { RUN_ALL_TESTS(); }
#if GTEST_OS_ESP8266
}
#endif
#else
GTEST_API_ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
printf("Running main() from %s\n", __FILE__);
testing::InitGoogleTest(&argc, argv);
return RUN_ALL_TESTS();
}
#endif

1
core/deps/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp
View File

@ -571,6 +571,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
bool ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_context)
{
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
// Setup backend capabilities flags

1
core/deps/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp
View File

@ -281,6 +281,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
bool ImGui_ImplDX9_Init(IDirect3DDevice9* device)
{
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
// Setup backend capabilities flags

2
core/deps/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
View File

@ -83,6 +83,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()
{
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";
// Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders. Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure.

5
core/deps/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp
View File

@ -42,14 +42,14 @@
// 2024-01-03: Vulkan: Stopped creating command pools with VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT as we don't reset them.
// 2023-11-29: Vulkan: Fixed mismatching allocator passed to vkCreateCommandPool() vs vkDestroyCommandPool(). (#7075)
// 2023-11-10: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed parameter from ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(): backend now creates its own command-buffer to upload fonts.
// *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unecessary as we create and destroy those objects in the backend.
// *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unnecessary as we create and destroy those objects in the backend.
// ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() is automatically called by NewFrame() the first time.
// You can call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() again to recreate the font atlas texture.
// Added ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture() but you probably never need to call this.
// 2023-07-04: Vulkan: Added optional support for VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering. User needs to set init_info->UseDynamicRendering = true and init_info->ColorAttachmentFormat.
// 2023-01-02: Vulkan: Fixed sampler passed to ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture() not being honored + removed a bunch of duplicate code.
// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
// 2022-10-04: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symetry. (#914, #5738).
// 2022-10-04: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symmetry. (#914, #5738).
// 2022-01-20: Vulkan: Added support for ImTextureID as VkDescriptorSet. User need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture(). Building for 32-bit targets requires '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. (#914).
// 2021-10-15: Vulkan: Call vkCmdSetScissor() at the end of render a full-viewport to reduce likehood of issues with people using VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR in their app without calling vkCmdSetScissor() explicitly every frame.
// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
@ -1092,6 +1092,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init(ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* info)
}
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
// Setup backend capabilities flags

689
core/deps/imgui/imgui.cpp
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

176
core/deps/imgui/imgui.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.90.6 WIP
// dear imgui, v1.90.8
// (headers)
// Help:
@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
// Library Version
// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345')
#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.90.6"
#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19060
#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.90.8"
#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19080
#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
/*
@ -90,6 +90,8 @@ Index of this file:
#endif
#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
// Check that version and structures layouts are matching between compiled imgui code and caller. Read comments above DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() for details.
#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
@ -141,6 +143,17 @@ Index of this file:
// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Scalar data types
typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer
typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer
typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int
typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer
// Forward declarations
struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
@ -179,15 +192,15 @@ struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'ma
// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
enum ImGuiDir : int; // -> enum ImGuiDir // Enum: A cardinal direction (Left, Right, Up, Down)
enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value)
enum ImGuiMouseSource : int; // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen)
enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling
typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type
typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction
typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape
typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
@ -208,6 +221,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: f
typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values.
typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen()
@ -236,17 +250,6 @@ typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fi
typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends)
#endif
// Scalar data types
typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer
typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer
typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int
typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer
// Character types
// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
@ -697,7 +700,8 @@ namespace ImGui
// Tooltips
// - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
// - A tooltip window can contain items of any types. SetTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom.
// - A tooltip window can contain items of any types.
// - SetTooltip() is more or less a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom (with a subtlety that it discard any previously submitted tooltip)
IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window.
IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true!
IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip().
@ -708,7 +712,7 @@ namespace ImGui
// - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom.
// - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
IMGUI_API bool BeginItemTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered.
IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceeding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
// Popups, Modals
@ -935,6 +939,24 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call.
// Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA]
// - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey + optional ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super.
// ImGuiKey_C // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
// ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
// only ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to combine with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT combine two ImGuiKey values.
// - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
// Parent -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
// Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
// Child2 -> no call // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
// The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical.
// This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
// - To understand the difference:
// - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods and call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect.
// - Shortcut() submits a route, routes are resolved, if it currently can be routed it calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects as it can prevents another call from getting the route.
// - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.
IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
// Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific
// - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
// - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
@ -949,8 +971,8 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); //
IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape
@ -1061,28 +1083,37 @@ enum ImGuiChildFlags_
// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive)
enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
{
// Basic filters (also see ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0,
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 2, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 3, // Turn a..z into A..Z
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 4, // Filter out spaces, tabs
// Inputs
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 5, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 6, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 7, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 8, // In multi-line mode, validate with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: validate with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
// Other options
ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 9, // Read-only mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 10, // Password mode, display all characters as '*', disable copy
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 11, // Overwrite mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 12, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal = 1 << 13, // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: parse empty string as zero value.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal = 1 << 14, // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: when value is zero, do not display it. Generally used with ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 15, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
// Callback features
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 17, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 18, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 19, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 20, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 21, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 22, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
// Obsolete names
//ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
@ -1102,7 +1133,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag!
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding() before the node.
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line without using AllowOverlap mode.
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (cover the indent area).
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth = 1 << 13, // Narrow hit box + narrow hovering highlight, will only cover the label text.
@ -1293,7 +1324,7 @@ enum ImGuiDataType_
};
// A cardinal direction
enum ImGuiDir_
enum ImGuiDir : int
{
ImGuiDir_None = -1,
ImGuiDir_Left = 0,
@ -1304,7 +1335,7 @@ enum ImGuiDir_
};
// A sorting direction
enum ImGuiSortDirection_
enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8
{
ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0,
ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc.
@ -1423,13 +1454,13 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int
// - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys.
// In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and
// backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user...
// - On macOS, we swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl keys at the time of the io.AddKeyEvent() call.
ImGuiMod_None = 0,
ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl
ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl (non-macOS), Cmd (macOS)
ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, // Shift
ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu
ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows
ImGuiMod_Shortcut = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS).
ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF800, // 5-bits
ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Windows/Super (non-macOS), Ctrl (macOS)
ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF000, // 4-bits
// [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array.
// We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
@ -1446,11 +1477,37 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int
#endif
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
ImGuiMod_Shortcut = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, // Removed in 1.90.7, you can now simply use ImGuiMod_Ctrl
ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89
//ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87
#endif
};
// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(),
// (and for upcoming extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() that are still in imgui_internal.h)
// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
enum ImGuiInputFlags_
{
ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0,
ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
// - Routing policies: RouteGlobal+OverActive >> RouteActive or RouteFocused (if owner is active item) >> RouteGlobal+OverFocused >> RouteFocused (if in focused window stack) >> RouteGlobal.
// - Default policy is RouteFocused. Can select only 1 policy among all available.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive = 1 << 10, // Route to active item only.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 11, // Route to windows in the focus stack (DEFAULT). Deep-most focused window takes inputs. Active item takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 12, // Global route (unless a focused window or active item registered the route).
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 13, // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
// - Routing options
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused = 1 << 14, // Option: global route: higher priority than focused route (unless active item in focused route).
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive = 1 << 15, // Option: global route: higher priority than active item. Unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overridden by this. May not be fully honored as user/internal code is likely to always assume they can access keys when active.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused = 1 << 16, // Option: global route: will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow = 1 << 17, // Option: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window.
// Flags for SetNextItemShortcut()
ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 18, // Automatically display a tooltip when hovering item [BETA] Unsure of right api (opt-in/opt-out)
};
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[].
// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set.
@ -1601,10 +1658,8 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default)
ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button
ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button
// [Internal]
ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle,
ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, // [Internal]
//ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
};
// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
@ -1877,7 +1932,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column
ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};
@ -2026,9 +2081,9 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign; // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen.
ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).
float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later.
bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
@ -2091,7 +2146,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
// Miscellaneous options
bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.
bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).
@ -2222,7 +2277,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows
// Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls
ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this.
bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup.
ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
@ -2236,6 +2291,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window.
bool MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap; // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system.
bool MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick; // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click
float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down
float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds)
@ -3024,7 +3080,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
// You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
// - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
// - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format.
// - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of preferred texture format.
// - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
// so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
// - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
@ -3208,14 +3264,14 @@ namespace ImGui
static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopTabStop(); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022)
IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding)
// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
// OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022)
// OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024)
IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value!
//static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; }
// Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
//-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
//static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
//static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
//-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021)
//IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper.
//-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021)

368
core/deps/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.90.6
// dear imgui, v1.90.8
// (demo code)
// Help:
@ -266,6 +266,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
// Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing.
IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!");
// Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues.
IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
// Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
static bool show_app_console = false;
@ -488,6 +491,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly);
ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors);
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys, enable various MacOS style behaviors.");
ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options.");
ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug");
@ -2269,20 +2273,24 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs");
static bool inputs_step = true;
static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None;
ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs");
ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X");
ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X");
ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL);
ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL);
ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL);
ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal);
ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
ImGui::TreePop();
}
@ -3871,7 +3879,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
static int item = 1;
static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);
ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color);
if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
@ -3883,6 +3891,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open))
{
ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!");
ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color); // Allow opening another nested popup
if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
ImGui::EndPopup();
@ -6180,12 +6189,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
// Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO
IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs");
ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs"))
bool inputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs");
ImGui::SameLine();
HelpMarker(
"This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n"
"- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n"
"- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'.");
if (inputs_opened)
{
HelpMarker(
"This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n"
"- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n"
"- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'.");
if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
else
@ -6216,15 +6227,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
// Display ImGuiIO output flags
IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs");
ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs"))
bool outputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs");
ImGui::SameLine();
HelpMarker(
"The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui "
"to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means "
"Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n"
"The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, "
"and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle "
"rules leading to how those flags are set).");
if (outputs_opened)
{
HelpMarker(
"The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui "
"to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means "
"Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n"
"The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, "
"and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle "
"rules leading to how those flags are set).");
ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose);
ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
@ -6258,6 +6271,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
ImGui::TreePop();
}
// Demonstrate using Shortcut() and Routing Policies.
// The general flow is:
// - Code interested in a chord (e.g. "Ctrl+A") declares their intent.
// - Multiple locations may be interested in same chord! Routing helps find a winner.
// - Every frame, we resolve all claims and assign one owner if the modifiers are matching.
// - The lower-level function is 'bool SetShortcutRouting()', returns true when caller got the route.
// - Most of the times, SetShortcutRouting() is not called directly. User mostly calls Shortcut() with routing flags.
// - If you call Shortcut() WITHOUT any routing option, it uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused.
// TL;DR: Most uses will simply be:
// - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A); // Use ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused policy.
IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Shortcuts");
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Shortcuts"))
{
static ImGuiInputFlags route_options = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
static ImGuiInputFlags route_type = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);
ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive);
ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default)", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused);
ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal);
ImGui::Indent();
ImGui::BeginDisabled(route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused);
ImGui::EndDisabled();
ImGui::Unindent();
ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);
ImGuiInputFlags flags = route_type | route_options; // Merged flags
if (route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)
flags &= ~(ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused);
ImGui::SeparatorText("Using SetNextItemShortcut()");
ImGui::Text("Ctrl+S");
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
ImGui::Button("Save");
ImGui::Text("Alt+F");
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Alt | ImGuiKey_F, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
static float f = 0.5f;
ImGui::SliderFloat("Factor", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
ImGui::SeparatorText("Using Shortcut()");
const float line_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
const ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A;
ImGui::Text("Ctrl+A");
ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.1f));
ImGui::BeginChild("WindowA", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 14), true);
ImGui::Text("Press CTRL+A and see who receives it!");
ImGui::Separator();
// 1: Window polling for CTRL+A
ImGui::Text("(in WindowA)");
ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
// 2: InputText also polling for CTRL+A: it always uses _RouteFocused internally (gets priority when active)
// (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h)
//char str[16] = "Press CTRL+A";
//ImGui::Spacing();
//ImGui::InputText("InputTextB", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
//ImGuiID item_id = ImGui::GetItemID();
//ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Internal widgets always use _RouteFocused");
//ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, item_id) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
// 3: Dummy child is not claiming the route: focusing them shouldn't steal route away from WindowA
ImGui::BeginChild("ChildD", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true);
ImGui::Text("(in ChildD: not using same Shortcut)");
ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d", ImGui::IsWindowFocused());
ImGui::EndChild();
// 4: Child window polling for CTRL+A. It is deeper than WindowA and gets priority when focused.
ImGui::BeginChild("ChildE", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true);
ImGui::Text("(in ChildE: using same Shortcut)");
ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
ImGui::EndChild();
// 5: In a popup
if (ImGui::Button("Open Popup"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("PopupF");
if (ImGui::BeginPopup("PopupF"))
{
ImGui::Text("(in PopupF)");
ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
// (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h)
//ImGui::InputText("InputTextG", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
//ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGui::GetItemID()) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::PopStyleColor();
ImGui::TreePop();
}
// Display mouse cursors
IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors");
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors"))
@ -6664,7 +6773,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1;
if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0"))
style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1;
style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = (ImGuiDir)(window_menu_button_position - 1);
ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0");
ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
@ -6689,7 +6798,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
}
ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc");
ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplayWindowPadding", (float*)&style.DisplayWindowPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen.");
ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
@ -7122,6 +7232,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
}
// Options, Filter
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
ImGui::SameLine();
@ -7130,7 +7241,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
// Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text
const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();
if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
{
if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
{
@ -8324,92 +8435,119 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model
struct MyDocument
{
const char* Name; // Document title
char Name[32]; // Document title
int UID; // Unique ID (necessary as we can change title)
bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!)
bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update.
bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified
bool WantClose; // Set when the document
ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document
MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
MyDocument(int uid, const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
{
Name = name;
UID = uid;
snprintf(Name, sizeof(Name), "%s", name);
Open = OpenPrev = open;
Dirty = false;
WantClose = false;
Color = color;
}
void DoOpen() { Open = true; }
void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; }
void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; }
void DoSave() { Dirty = false; }
};
struct ExampleAppDocuments
{
ImVector<MyDocument> Documents;
ImVector<MyDocument*> CloseQueue;
MyDocument* RenamingDoc = NULL;
bool RenamingStarted = false;
ExampleAppDocuments()
{
Documents.push_back(MyDocument(0, "Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument(1, "Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument(2, "Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument(3, "Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument(4, "A Rather Long Title", false, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument(5, "Some Document", false, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
}
// As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document ID so tabs are stable
void GetTabName(MyDocument* doc, char* out_buf, size_t out_buf_size)
{
snprintf(out_buf, out_buf_size, "%s###doc%d", doc->Name, doc->UID);
}
// Display placeholder contents for the Document
static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc)
void DisplayDocContents(MyDocument* doc)
{
ImGui::PushID(doc);
ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name);
ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color);
ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.");
ImGui::PopStyleColor();
if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0)))
doc->Dirty = true;
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
if (ImGui::Button("Rename.."))
{
RenamingDoc = doc;
RenamingStarted = true;
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0)))
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
if (ImGui::Button("Modify"))
doc->Dirty = true;
ImGui::SameLine();
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
if (ImGui::Button("Save"))
doc->DoSave();
ImGui::SameLine();
ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
CloseQueue.push_back(doc);
ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior.
ImGui::PopID();
}
// Display context menu for the Document
static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
void DisplayDocContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
{
if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
return;
char buf[256];
sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name);
if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open))
if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "Ctrl+S", false, doc->Open))
doc->DoSave();
if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open))
doc->DoQueueClose();
if (ImGui::MenuItem("Rename...", "Ctrl+R", false, doc->Open))
RenamingDoc = doc;
if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W", false, doc->Open))
CloseQueue.push_back(doc);
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
};
struct ExampleAppDocuments
{
ImVector<MyDocument> Documents;
ExampleAppDocuments()
// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo,
// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for
// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has
// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively
// give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere()
{
Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false));
Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false));
for (MyDocument& doc : Documents)
{
if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev)
ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name);
doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open;
}
}
};
// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo,
// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for
// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has
// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively
// give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app)
{
for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
{
if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev)
ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name);
doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open;
}
}
void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
{
static ExampleAppDocuments app;
@ -8443,8 +8581,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
}
if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0))
for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
doc.DoQueueClose();
if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open)
app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc);
if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit") && p_open)
*p_open = false;
ImGui::EndMenu();
}
@ -8482,7 +8620,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags))
{
if (opt_reorderable)
NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app);
app.NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere();
// [DEBUG] Stress tests
//if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on.
@ -8494,20 +8632,23 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
if (!doc.Open)
continue;
// As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document id so tabs are stable
char doc_name_buf[64];
app.GetTabName(&doc, doc_name_buf, sizeof(doc_name_buf));
ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc.Name, &doc.Open, tab_flags);
bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc_name_buf, &doc.Open, tab_flags);
// Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup.
if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty)
{
doc.Open = true;
doc.DoQueueClose();
app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc);
}
MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(&doc);
app.DisplayDocContextMenu(&doc);
if (visible)
{
MyDocument::DisplayContents(&doc);
app.DisplayDocContents(&doc);
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
}
@ -8516,33 +8657,44 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
}
}
// Update closing queue
static ImVector<MyDocument*> close_queue;
if (close_queue.empty())
// Display renaming UI
if (app.RenamingDoc != NULL)
{
// Close queue is locked once we started a popup
for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
if (doc.WantClose)
if (app.RenamingStarted)
ImGui::OpenPopup("Rename");
if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Rename"))
{
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 30);
if (ImGui::InputText("###Name", app.RenamingDoc->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(app.RenamingDoc->Name), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue))
{
doc.WantClose = false;
close_queue.push_back(&doc);
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
app.RenamingDoc = NULL;
}
if (app.RenamingStarted)
ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1);
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
else
{
app.RenamingDoc = NULL;
}
app.RenamingStarted = false;
}
// Display closing confirmation UI
if (!close_queue.empty())
if (!app.CloseQueue.empty())
{
int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0;
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++)
if (app.CloseQueue[n]->Dirty)
close_queue_unsaved_documents++;
if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0)
{
// Close documents when all are unsaved
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
close_queue.clear();
for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++)
app.CloseQueue[n]->DoForceClose();
app.CloseQueue.clear();
}
else
{
@ -8553,37 +8705,35 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?");
float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
if (ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle))
{
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name);
}
for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue)
if (doc->Dirty)
ImGui::Text("%s", doc->Name);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f);
if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size))
{
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue)
{
if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
close_queue[n]->DoSave();
close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
if (doc->Dirty)
doc->DoSave();
doc->DoForceClose();
}
close_queue.clear();
app.CloseQueue.clear();
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size))
{
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
close_queue.clear();
for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue)
doc->DoForceClose();
app.CloseQueue.clear();
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size))
{
close_queue.clear();
app.CloseQueue.clear();
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
}
ImGui::EndPopup();

2
core/deps/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.90.6
// dear imgui, v1.90.8
// (drawing and font code)
/*

324
core/deps/imgui/imgui_internal.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.90.6
// dear imgui, v1.90.8
// (internal structures/api)
// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ Index of this file:
// [SECTION] Macros
// [SECTION] Generic helpers
// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
// [SECTION] Data types support
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
// [SECTION] Popup support
// [SECTION] Inputs support
// [SECTION] Clipper support
@ -169,7 +169,6 @@ typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // E
typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later)
typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags
typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow();
typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc.
typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags
typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns()
@ -473,7 +472,7 @@ template<typename T> static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)
// - Misc maths helpers
static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); }
static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); }
@ -799,6 +798,40 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder
ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Data types support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
{
ImGuiDataType Type;
ImU32 Count; // 1+
ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure
void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
};
struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage
{
ImU8 Data[8]; // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
};
// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
{
size_t Size; // Size in bytes
const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type
const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type
};
// Extend ImGuiDataType_
enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
{
ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
ImGuiDataType_ID,
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -842,7 +875,8 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 8, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 10, // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd().
// Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
@ -889,7 +923,7 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
@ -1177,6 +1211,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0,
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1,
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 2,
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal = 1 << 3,
};
struct ImGuiNextItemData
@ -1187,8 +1222,10 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData
ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values)
float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
ImGuiInputFlags ShortcutFlags; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
ImGuiCond OpenCond : 8;
ImU8 OpenCond; // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
ImGuiDataTypeStorage RefVal; // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal
ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; }
inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
@ -1202,9 +1239,10 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData
ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle
ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed)
// Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags is set.
ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect is set)
// Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set.
ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set.
ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set..
ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set..
ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};
@ -1241,7 +1279,8 @@ struct ImGuiWindowStackData
{
ImGuiWindow* Window;
ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup;
ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting
ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting
bool DisabledOverrideReenable; // Non-child window override disabled flag
};
struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
@ -1260,40 +1299,6 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Data types support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
{
ImGuiDataType Type;
ImU32 Count; // 1+
ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure
void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
};
struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage
{
ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
};
// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
{
size_t Size; // Size in bytes
const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type
const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type
};
// Extend ImGuiDataType_
enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
{
ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
ImGuiDataType_ID,
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Popup support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -1400,7 +1405,8 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent
// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior.
#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner.
#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner.
//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit.
typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
@ -1408,13 +1414,13 @@ typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData
{
ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex;
ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super.
ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits.
ImU8 RoutingCurrScore; // [DEBUG] For debug display
ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score)
ImGuiID RoutingCurr;
ImGuiID RoutingNext;
ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; }
ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; }
};
// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching.
@ -1438,73 +1444,47 @@ struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData
bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame.
bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well.
ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
};
// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_
// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
enum ImGuiInputFlags_
enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_
{
// Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut()
ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0,
// Repeat mode
ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster
// Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
// In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
// - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster
// - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
// - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod.
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
// Flags for SetItemKeyOwner()
ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 8, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 9, // Only set if item is active (default to both)
ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
// Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
// Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 10, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 11, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
// - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 20, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 21, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
// Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting()
// - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
// Parent -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
// Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
// Child2 -> no call // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
// The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 does it calls before Parent results will be identical.
// This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
// - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics->Inputs' and submitted routes in 'Debug Log->InputRouting'.
// - When a policy (except for _RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
// allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
// (* Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key)).
// - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default. Meaning that a Shortcut() call will register
// a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus-stack and if no-one with a higher priority
// is claiming the same shortcut.
// - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute().
// - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow.
// - Can select only 1 policy among all available.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 12, // (Default) Honor focus route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 13, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority IF you need a Global priority.
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 14, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will take priority over this).
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 15, // Register route globally (higher priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overriden by this)
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 16, // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
// Routing polices: extra options
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 17, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
// - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner()
ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 22, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 23, // Only set if item is active (default to both)
ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
// [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak,
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress,
ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_,
ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this!
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways,
ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease,
ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_,
};
@ -1605,6 +1585,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavLayer
ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
};
// Storage for navigation query/results
struct ImGuiNavItemData
{
ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
@ -1621,6 +1602,7 @@ struct ImGuiNavItemData
void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
};
// Storage for PushFocusScope()
struct ImGuiFocusScopeData
{
ImGuiID ID;
@ -1942,6 +1924,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window.
float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
float CurrentDpiScale; // Current window/viewport DpiScale
ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData;
double Time;
int FrameCount;
@ -1967,7 +1950,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)
ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING).
ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call.
ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into
ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
@ -1985,10 +1968,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line]
ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time
float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
bool ItemUnclipByLog; // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled
ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget
ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
float ActiveIdTimer;
@ -2010,9 +1994,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
// [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
// Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
// - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner.
// - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID.
// - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
// - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame().
double LastKeyModsChangeTime; // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
double LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime; // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
@ -2055,11 +2039,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow'
ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation
ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope)
ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute; // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags;
ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute; // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
ImGuiID NavHighlightActivatedId;
float NavHighlightActivatedTimer;
ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
@ -2100,8 +2084,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy
// Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize)
ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828)
ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab
ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828)
ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X)
ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most!
ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it.
ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents
@ -2172,6 +2156,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState;
ImFont InputTextPasswordFont;
ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
ImGuiDataTypeStorage DataTypeZeroValue; // 0 for all data types
int BeginMenuDepth;
int BeginComboDepth;
ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets
@ -2184,13 +2169,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData;
ImRect WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect; // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving
bool WindowResizeRelativeMode;
short ScrollbarSeekMode; // 0: relative, -1/+1: prev/next page.
float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
float SliderGrabClickOffset;
float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
bool DragCurrentAccumDirty;
float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
short DisabledStackSize;
short LockMarkEdited;
@ -2268,7 +2254,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
Initialized = false;
FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
Font = NULL;
FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
FontSize = FontBaseSize = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
Time = 0.0f;
FrameCount = 0;
@ -2295,6 +2281,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
HoveredIdDisabled = false;
HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
ItemUnclipByLog = false;
ActiveId = 0;
ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
@ -2356,8 +2343,10 @@ struct ImGuiContext
NavTabbingDir = 0;
NavTabbingCounter = 0;
ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab;
ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab;
// All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac...
// FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this..
ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab);
ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab);
NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL;
NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
@ -2390,19 +2379,21 @@ struct ImGuiContext
MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f;
TempInputId = 0;
memset(&DataTypeZeroValue, 0, sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue));
BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0;
ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0;
ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f;
ColorEditSavedColor = 0;
WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
ScrollbarSeekMode = 0;
ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f;
SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f;
DisabledStackSize = 0;
LockMarkEdited = 0;
@ -2527,12 +2518,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin().
float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc.
float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin().
float TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight;
float DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1; // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin().
float DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2; // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y).
float DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1; // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes).
int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window)
ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
ImVec2 Scroll;
ImVec2 ScrollMax;
ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
@ -2561,7 +2554,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
bool AutoFitOnlyGrows;
ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection;
@ -2630,10 +2622,8 @@ public:
// We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow.
ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); }
ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); }
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -2820,8 +2810,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; }
};
// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData
// sizeof() ~ 580 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
{
ImGuiID ID;
@ -2944,6 +2933,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs.
// sizeof() ~ 136 bytes.
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData
{
@ -3014,7 +3004,7 @@ namespace ImGui
{
// Windows
// We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
// If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
// If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either:
// - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
// - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
@ -3066,6 +3056,7 @@ namespace ImGui
// NewFrame
IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs);
IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
IMGUI_API void FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window);
IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
@ -3145,6 +3136,8 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag();
IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx);
IMGUI_API void BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
IMGUI_API void EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
// Logging/Capture
IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
@ -3206,23 +3199,21 @@ namespace ImGui
// Inputs
// FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
inline bool IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super || key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut; }
inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
inline bool IsModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
ImGuiKeyChord FixupKeyChord(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)
inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
inline bool IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; }
inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
inline bool IsModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
ImGuiKeyChord FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key)
{
ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl;
if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift;
if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt;
if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper;
if (key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut) return (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper : ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl);
return key;
}
@ -3242,7 +3233,7 @@ namespace ImGui
// [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership
// - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id.
// - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead).
// - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID.
// - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
// - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0).
// - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore:
// - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case).
@ -3250,12 +3241,12 @@ namespace ImGui
// - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state.
// - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step.
// Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved.
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
// [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership
// - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag.
@ -3263,32 +3254,32 @@ namespace ImGui
// - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'.
// Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
// - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API.
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
// [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing
// - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super.
// ImGuiKey_C (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord)
// ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord)
// ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values.
// - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
// - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
// - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route.
// - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route.
// - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location.
// - TL;DR;
// - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods + call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect.
// - Shortcut() submits a route then if currently can be routed calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects.
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
// Shortcut Testing & Routing
// - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h
// - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
// allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
// (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check)
// - When using one of the routing option:
// - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.)
// - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
// - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
// - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window).
// - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route.
// - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location.
// - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute()
// e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused.
IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
// [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope
@ -3473,7 +3464,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format);
IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format);
IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL);
IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max);
@ -3484,6 +3475,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL);
inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); }
inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active
IMGUI_API void SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data);
// Color
IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
@ -3515,6 +3507,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
IMGUI_API void DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
IMGUI_API void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
IMGUI_API void DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end);
IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time!
IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time!
IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
@ -3547,6 +3540,8 @@ namespace ImGui
inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89
inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89
//inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!
// Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister():
// (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
// (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
@ -3554,9 +3549,6 @@ namespace ImGui
//inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd()
//inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
#endif
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!
#endif
} // namespace ImGui

55
core/deps/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.90.6
// dear imgui, v1.90.8
// (tables and columns code)
/*
@ -320,6 +320,12 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f);
// If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve.
// FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues:
// - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine.
// - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers.
// The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be:
// - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations.
// - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[].
const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0;
const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail();
const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f);
@ -328,6 +334,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size)
{
ItemSize(outer_rect);
ItemAdd(outer_rect, id);
return false;
}
@ -337,7 +344,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
// Acquire storage for the table
ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id);
const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags;
// Acquire temporary buffers
const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
@ -355,6 +361,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
// Initialize
const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive;
const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags;
table->ID = id;
table->Flags = flags;
table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
@ -401,7 +408,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f));
// Reset scroll if we are reactivating it
if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
// Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding)
@ -430,6 +437,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
// For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect.
// But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable().
table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect;
table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false;
}
// Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables
@ -514,7 +522,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly.
inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
// Mark as used to avoid GC
@ -1256,7 +1264,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
// really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height).
// Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected.
ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS;
const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight;
const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight);
const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight;
@ -1433,7 +1441,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted)
{
ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn];
const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS);
const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale));
const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f);
table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width;
}
@ -1462,7 +1470,10 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
// CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414)
if (inner_window != outer_window)
{
short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask;
inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently.
EndChild();
inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask;
}
else
{
@ -1480,9 +1491,13 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
}
else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
{
const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth));
// Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block
// - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags.
// - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback.
const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y
const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size));
}
else
{
@ -1490,9 +1505,9 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
}
if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
{
const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y));
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size));
}
else
{
@ -1963,7 +1978,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling
cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX);
window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y)
window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
}
}
@ -2784,7 +2800,7 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()
static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n)
{
IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03;
return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03);
}
// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending)
@ -2925,6 +2941,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
}
// Write output
// May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable()
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL)
for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
@ -2937,7 +2954,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID;
sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder;
sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection;
}
table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs;
@ -2985,7 +3002,7 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth()
// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn().
// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper
// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this.
// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy.
// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public.
@ -3302,7 +3319,7 @@ void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label
// FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles.
ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol);
float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symetrical but hide more text.
float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text.
float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x);
ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height));
int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
@ -4040,7 +4057,7 @@ float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offse
return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
}
static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f;
static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;
static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
{
@ -4051,7 +4068,7 @@ static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x;
float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x;
x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
@ -4366,7 +4383,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns()
ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH;
const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2));
if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
continue;

176
core/deps/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.90.6
// dear imgui, v1.90.8
// (widgets code)
/*
@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
// Default only reacts to left mouse button
if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_;
flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft;
// Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box
if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0)
@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here.
{
if (IsMouseClicked(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; }
if (IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiInputFlags_None, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; }
if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; }
}
@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
// 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
// Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat))
if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, test_owner_id))
pressed = true;
}
@ -940,10 +940,10 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
if (!window->ScrollbarX)
rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
}
float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
float size_visible = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f;
ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis];
ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_visible, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll;
}
@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
// Still, the code should probably be made simpler..
bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_visible_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
{
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
@ -983,9 +983,9 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
// Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
// But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1);
const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1);
const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
// Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v);
const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_visible_v);
float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space
if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
@ -1005,29 +1005,39 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
// Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
bool seek_absolute = false;
const int held_dir = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm) ? -1 : (clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) ? +1 : 0;
if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
{
// On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm);
if (seek_absolute)
g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
else
g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
g.ScrollbarSeekMode = (short)held_dir;
g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0.0f) ? clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f : 0.0f;
}
// Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll)
// It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position
const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
*p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
if (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0)
{
// Absolute seeking
const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
*p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
}
else
{
// Page by page
if (IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && held_dir == g.ScrollbarSeekMode)
{
float page_dir = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f;
*p_scroll_v = ImClamp(*p_scroll_v + (ImS64)(page_dir * size_visible_v), (ImS64)0, scroll_max);
}
}
// Update values for rendering
scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
// Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
if (seek_absolute)
g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
// Update distance to grab now that we have seek'ed and saturated
//if (seek_absolute)
// g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
}
// Render
@ -1966,28 +1976,30 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(vo
return false;
// Display items
// FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed)
bool value_changed = false;
for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
{
const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
if (item_text == NULL)
item_text = "*Unknown item*";
PushID(i);
const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i)
ImGuiListClipper clipper;
clipper.Begin(items_count);
clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
while (clipper.Step())
for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
{
value_changed = true;
*current_item = i;
const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
if (item_text == NULL)
item_text = "*Unknown item*";
PushID(i);
const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i)
{
value_changed = true;
*current_item = i;
}
if (item_selected)
SetItemDefaultFocus();
PopID();
}
if (item_selected)
SetItemDefaultFocus();
PopID();
}
EndCombo();
if (value_changed)
MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
@ -2153,17 +2165,24 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const
// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format)
bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty)
{
// Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
buf++;
if (!buf[0])
{
if (p_data_when_empty != NULL)
{
memcpy(p_data, p_data_when_empty, type_info->Size);
return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
}
return false;
// Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup;
memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
}
// Sanitize format
// - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf
@ -2333,7 +2352,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const
const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 10.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor;
v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
}
@ -2492,7 +2511,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
if (!temp_input_is_active)
{
// Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText
const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id));
const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked))
@ -3083,7 +3102,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
if (!temp_input_is_active)
{
// Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
if (make_active && clicked)
SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
@ -3245,7 +3264,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id)
{
if (clicked)
@ -3483,11 +3502,11 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG
{
// Backup old value
size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size;
ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup;
ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size);
// Apply new value (or operations) then clamp
DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format);
DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format, NULL);
if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max)
{
if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0)
@ -3503,6 +3522,13 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG
return value_changed;
}
void ImGui::SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data)
{
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal;
memcpy(&g.NextItemData.RefVal, p_data, DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size);
}
// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional.
// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
@ -3517,8 +3543,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
if (format == NULL)
format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
void* p_data_default = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal) ? &g.NextItemData.RefVal : &g.DataTypeZeroValue;
char buf[64];
DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal) && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, p_data_default) == 0)
buf[0] = 0;
else
DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string.
flags |= (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
@ -3527,7 +3558,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
if (p_step == NULL)
{
if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags))
value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
}
else
{
@ -3537,7 +3568,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
PushID(label);
SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
// Step buttons
@ -4333,6 +4364,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id);
SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id);
}
// FIXME: May be a problem to always steal Alt on OSX, would ideally still allow an uninterrupted Alt down-up to toggle menu
if (is_osx)
SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id);
}
@ -4465,7 +4497,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
// (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes)
if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && !is_readonly)
{
if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
{
unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
@ -4473,7 +4505,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
}
// FIXME: Implement Shift+Tab
/*
if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
{
}
*/
@ -4481,7 +4513,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
// Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
// We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl);
if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
{
if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav)
@ -4511,25 +4543,26 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
// Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText)
// Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active.
const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly;
const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, f_repeat) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id);
const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly;
const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id);
// We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful.
const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true);
const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false));
const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, f_repeat) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id, f_repeat));
const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, f_repeat, id) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, f_repeat, id));
// FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of.
// FIXME-OSX: Missing support for Alt(option)+Right/Left = go to end of line, or next line if already in end of line.
if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
@ -4554,7 +4587,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
{
if (is_wordmove_key_down)
state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl)
else if (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper)
state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
}
state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
@ -4724,7 +4757,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
// The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None;
if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id))
if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, 0, id))
{
event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
@ -6507,7 +6540,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
return;
g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen;
g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open;
g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always);
}
// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
@ -6797,7 +6830,7 @@ ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags f
g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
// Handle backspace
if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
{
char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len);
*p = 0;
@ -7029,6 +7062,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(
bool value_changed = false;
ImGuiListClipper clipper;
clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to.
clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
while (clipper.Step())
for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
{
@ -7547,7 +7581,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
// Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
// Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
// For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight);
window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
float w = label_size.x;
@ -8313,7 +8347,7 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order)
ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
{
if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx <= 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx < 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
return NULL;
return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
}

2
core/deps/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
View File

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
// 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management
// 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash
// 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield
// 1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
// 1.10 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
// 1.9 (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word
// 1.8 (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down
// 1.7 (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0

2
core/deps/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
View File

@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip);
// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which
// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then
// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph,
// codepoints without a glyph received the font's "missing character" glyph,
// typically an empty box by convention.
STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above

9
core/emulator.cpp
View File

@ -136,7 +136,11 @@ static void loadSpecialSettings()
// Aikagi
|| prod_id == "T20130M"
// AIR
|| prod_id == "T20112M")
|| prod_id == "T20112M"
// Cool Boarders Burrrn (JP)
|| prod_id == "T36901M"
// Castle Fantasia - Seima Taisen (JP)
|| prod_id == "T46901M")
{
INFO_LOG(BOOT, "Enabling RTT Copy to VRAM for game %s", prod_id.c_str());
config::RenderToTextureBuffer.override(true);
@ -255,7 +259,8 @@ static void loadSpecialSettings()
}
else if (prod_id == "T17708N" // Stupid Invaders (US)
|| prod_id == "T17711D" // Stupid Invaders (EU)
|| prod_id == "T46509M") // Suika (JP)
|| prod_id == "T46509M" // Suika (JP)
|| prod_id == "T36901M") // Cool Boarders Burrrn (JP)
{
NOTICE_LOG(BOOT, "Forcing HLE BIOS");
config::UseReios.override(true);

8
core/hw/aica/sgc_if.cpp
View File

@ -1513,13 +1513,9 @@ void AICA_Sample()
mixr += b;
}
//Mono !
// Mono
if (CommonData->Mono)
{
//Yay for mono =P
mixl+=mixr;
mixr=mixl;
}
mixl = mixr = FPs(mixl + mixr, 1);
//MVOL !
//we want to make sure mix* is *At least* 23 bits wide here, so 64 bit mul !

134
core/hw/maple/maple_jvs.cpp
View File

@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
#include "cfg/option.h"
#include "network/output.h"
#include "hw/naomi/printer.h"
#include "input/haptic.h"
#include <algorithm>
#include <array>
@ -662,8 +663,10 @@ protected:
};
// 837-13844 jvs board wired to force-feedback drive board
// 838-13843: f355
// 838-13992: 18 wheeler
// 838-13843: f355 (ROM EPR-21867)
// 838-13992: 18 wheeler (ROM EPR-23000)
// with 838-12912-01 servo board (same as model3)
// https://github.com/njz3/vJoyIOFeederWithFFB/blob/master/DRIVEBOARD.md
class jvs_837_13844_racing : public jvs_837_13844_motor_board
{
public:
@ -675,13 +678,51 @@ public:
void serialize(Serializer& ser) const override
{
ser << testMode;
ser << damper_high;
ser << active;
ser << motorPower;
ser << springSat;
ser << springSpeed;
ser << torque;
ser << damper;
jvs_837_13844_motor_board::serialize(ser);
}
void deserialize(Deserializer& deser) override
{
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V31)
deser >> testMode;
else
testMode = false;
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V51)
{
deser >> damper_high;
deser >> active;
deser >> motorPower;
deser >> springSat;
deser >> springSpeed;
deser >> torque;
deser >> damper;
}
else
{
damper_high = 8;
active = false;
motorPower = 1.f;
springSat = 0.f;
springSpeed = 0.f;
torque = 0.f;
damper = 0.f;
}
jvs_837_13844_motor_board::deserialize(deser);
if (active)
{
haptic::setSpring(0, springSat, springSpeed);
haptic::setTorque(0, torque);
haptic::setDamper(0, damper, damper / 2.f);
}
else {
haptic::stopAll(0);
}
}
protected:
@ -689,31 +730,95 @@ protected:
{
in = ~in;
networkOutput.output("m3ffb", in);
// E0: stop motor
// E3: roll right
// EB: roll left
// Dn: set wheel high-order?
// Cn: set wheel low-order?
// 18 wheeler: ff, fe, 3f, 49, 67
// d8, c0, e0, d0
// 4b, 4a, 9f, 4b, 4d, 4e, 4f, 45, 45, 4f, a3, 4d, ..., 9f, 4c,
u8 out = 0;
switch (in)
{
case 0:
case 1:
case 2:
// 18wheeler: 0 light (60%), 1 normal (80%), 2 heavy (100%)
if (!active)
motorPower = 0.6f + in * 0.2f;
break;
case 0xf0:
active = false;
testMode = true;
break;
case 0xfe:
active = true;
break;
case 0xff:
testMode = false;
active = false;
haptic::stopAll(0);
break;
case 0xf1:
out = 0x10;
out = 0x10; // needed by f355
break;
case 0xfa:
motorPower = 1.f; // f355: 100%
break;
case 0xfb:
motorPower = 0.9f; // f355: 90%
break;
case 0xfc:
motorPower = 0.8f; // f355: 80%
break;
case 0xfd:
motorPower = 0.6f; // f355: 60%
break;
default:
if (active)
{
if (in >= 0x40 && in <= 0x7f)
{
// Spring
// bits 0-3 sets the strength of the spring effect
// bits 4-5 selects a table scaling the effect given the deflection:
// (from the f355 rom EPR-21867)
// 0: large deadzone then abrupt scaling (0 (* 129), 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 7F)
// used by 18wheeler in game but with a different rom (TODO reveng)
// other tables scale linearly:
// 1: light speed (96 steps from 0 to 7f)
// 2: medium speed (48 steps, default)
// 3: high speed (32 steps)
springSat = (in & 0xf) / 15.f * motorPower;
const int speedSel = (in >> 4) & 3;
springSpeed = speedSel == 3 ? 1.f : speedSel == 2 ? 0.67f : speedSel == 1 ? 0.33f : 0.67f;
haptic::setSpring(0, springSat, springSpeed);
}
else if (in >= 0x80 && in <= 0xbf)
{
// Rumble
const float v = (in & 0x3f) / 63.f * motorPower / 2.f; // additional 0.5 factor to soften it
MapleConfigMap::UpdateVibration(0, v, 0.f, 50); // duration?
}
else if (in >= 0xe0 && in <= 0xef)
{
// Test menu roll left/right (not used in game)
torque = (in < 0xe8 ? (0xe0 - in) : (in - 0xe8)) / 7.f;
haptic::setTorque(0, torque);
}
else if ((in & 0xf0) == 0xc0)
{
// Damper? more likely Friction
// activated in f355 when turning the wheel while stopped
// high-order bits are set with Dn, low-order bits with Cn. Only the later commits the change.
const u8 v = (damper_high << 4) | (in & 0xf);
damper = std::abs(v - 0x80) / 128.f * motorPower;
haptic::setDamper(0, damper, damper / 2.f);
}
else if ((in & 0xf0) == 0xd0) {
damper_high = in & 0xf;
}
}
break;
}
if (testMode)
@ -729,6 +834,13 @@ protected:
private:
bool testMode = false;
u8 damper_high = 8;
bool active = false;
float motorPower = 1.f;
float springSat = 0.f;
float springSpeed = 0.f;
float torque = 0.f;
float damper = 0.f;
};
// 18 Wheeler: fake the drive board and limit the wheel analog value

25
core/hw/naomi/gdcartridge.cpp
View File

@ -502,26 +502,17 @@ void GDCartridge::device_start(LoadProgress *progress, std::vector<u8> *digest)
catch (const FlycastException& e)
{
WARN_LOG(NAOMI, "Opening chd failed: %s", e.what());
try {
gdrom = std::unique_ptr<Disc>(OpenDisc(gdrom_path + ".gdi", digest));
}
catch (const FlycastException& e)
if (gdrom_parent_name != nullptr)
{
if (gdrom_parent_name != nullptr)
{
std::string gdrom_parent_path = hostfs::storage().getSubPath(parent, std::string(gdrom_parent_name) + "/" + gdrom_name);
try {
gdrom = std::unique_ptr<Disc>(OpenDisc(gdrom_parent_path + ".chd", digest));
} catch (const FlycastException& e) {
WARN_LOG(NAOMI, "Opening parent chd failed: %s", e.what());
try {
gdrom = std::unique_ptr<Disc>(OpenDisc(gdrom_parent_path + ".gdi", digest));
} catch (const FlycastException& e) {}
}
std::string gdrom_parent_path = hostfs::storage().getSubPath(parent, std::string(gdrom_parent_name) + "/" + gdrom_name);
try {
gdrom = std::unique_ptr<Disc>(OpenDisc(gdrom_parent_path + ".chd", digest));
} catch (const FlycastException& e) {
WARN_LOG(NAOMI, "Opening parent chd failed: %s", e.what());
}
if (gdrom == nullptr)
throw NaomiCartException("Naomi GDROM: Cannot open " + gdrom_path + ".chd or " + gdrom_path + ".gdi");
}
if (gdrom == nullptr)
throw NaomiCartException("Naomi GDROM: Cannot open " + gdrom_path + ".chd");
}
// primary volume descriptor

247
core/hw/naomi/naomi.cpp
View File

@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
#include "oslib/oslib.h"
#include "printer.h"
#include "hw/flashrom/x76f100.h"
#include "input/haptic.h"
#include <algorithm>
@ -42,9 +43,6 @@ Multiboard *multiboard;
static X76F100SerialFlash mainSerialId;
static X76F100SerialFlash romSerialId;
static u8 midiTxBuf[4];
static u32 midiTxBufIndex;
static int dmaSchedId = -1;
void NaomiBoardIDWrite(const u16 data)
@ -219,6 +217,7 @@ void naomi_reg_Term()
if (dmaSchedId != -1)
sh4_sched_unregister(dmaSchedId);
dmaSchedId = -1;
midiffb::term();
}
void naomi_reg_Reset(bool hard)
@ -248,6 +247,7 @@ void naomi_reg_Reset(bool hard)
}
else if (multiboard != nullptr)
multiboard->reset();
midiffb::reset();
}
static u8 aw_maple_devs;
@ -334,10 +334,14 @@ void libExtDevice_WriteMem_A0_006(u32 addr, u32 data, u32 size)
if ((u8)data != awDigitalOuput)
{
if (atomiswaveForceFeedback)
{
// Wheel force feedback:
// bit 0 direction (0 pos, 1 neg)
// bit 1-4 strength
networkOutput.output("awffb", (u8)data);
// This really needs to be soften
haptic::setTorque(0, (data & 1 ? -1.f : 1.f) * ((data >> 1) & 0xf) / 15.f * 0.5f);
}
else
{
u8 changes = data ^ awDigitalOuput;
@ -358,8 +362,6 @@ void libExtDevice_WriteMem_A0_006(u32 addr, u32 data, u32 size)
INFO_LOG(NAOMI, "Unhandled write @ %x (%d): %x", addr, size, data);
}
static bool ffbCalibrating;
void naomi_Serialize(Serializer& ser)
{
mainSerialId.serialize(ser);
@ -367,10 +369,8 @@ void naomi_Serialize(Serializer& ser)
ser << aw_maple_devs;
ser << coin_chute_time;
ser << aw_ram_test_skipped;
ser << midiTxBuf;
ser << midiTxBufIndex;
// TODO serialize m3comm?
ser << ffbCalibrating;
midiffb::serialize(ser);
sh4_sched_serialize(ser, dmaSchedId);
}
void naomi_Deserialize(Deserializer& deser)
@ -415,23 +415,24 @@ void naomi_Deserialize(Deserializer& deser)
deser >> coin_chute_time;
deser >> aw_ram_test_skipped;
}
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V27)
{
deser >> midiTxBuf;
deser >> midiTxBufIndex;
}
else
{
midiTxBufIndex = 0;
}
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V34)
deser >> ffbCalibrating;
else
ffbCalibrating = false;
midiffb::deserialize(deser);
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V45)
sh4_sched_deserialize(deser, dmaSchedId);
}
namespace midiffb {
static bool initialized;
static u8 midiTxBuf[4];
static u32 midiTxBufIndex;
static bool calibrating;
static float damperParam;
static float damperSpeed;
static float power = 0.8f;
static bool active;
static float position = 8192.f;
static float torque;
static void midiSend(u8 b1, u8 b2, u8 b3)
{
aica::midiSend(b1);
@ -440,24 +441,108 @@ static void midiSend(u8 b1, u8 b2, u8 b3)
aica::midiSend((b1 ^ b2 ^ b3) & 0x7f);
}
static void forceFeedbackMidiReceiver(u8 data)
// https://www.arcade-projects.com/threads/force-feedback-translator-sega-midi-sega-rs422-and-namco-rs232.924/
static void midiReceiver(u8 data)
{
static float position = 8192.f;
static float torque;
// fake position used during calibration
position = std::min(16383.f, std::max(0.f, position + torque));
if (data & 0x80)
midiTxBufIndex = 0;
midiTxBuf[midiTxBufIndex] = data;
if (midiTxBufIndex == 3 && ((midiTxBuf[0] ^ midiTxBuf[1] ^ midiTxBuf[2]) & 0x7f) == midiTxBuf[3])
{
if (midiTxBuf[0] == 0x84)
torque = ((midiTxBuf[1] << 7) | midiTxBuf[2]) - 0x80;
else if (midiTxBuf[0] == 0xff)
ffbCalibrating = true;
else if (midiTxBuf[0] == 0xf0)
ffbCalibrating = false;
const u8 cmd = midiTxBuf[0] & 0x7f;
switch (cmd)
{
case 0:
// FFB on/off
if (midiTxBuf[2] == 0)
{
active = false;
haptic::stopAll(0);
if (calibrating) {
calibrating = false;
os_notify("Calibration done", 2000);
}
}
else if (midiTxBuf[2] == 1) {
active = true;
haptic::setDamper(0, damperParam * power, damperSpeed);
}
break;
if (!ffbCalibrating)
// 01: 30 40 then 7f 40 (sgdrvsim search base pos)
// 30 40 (*2 initdv3e init, clubk after init)
// 7f 7f (kingrt init)
// 1f 1f kingrt test menu
// 02: 00 54 (sgdrvsim search base pos, kingrt)
// 7f 54 (*2 initdv3e init)
// 04 54 (clubk after init)
case 3:
// Drive power
// buf[2]? initdv3, clubk2k3: 4, kingrt: 0, sgdrvsim: 28
power = (midiTxBuf[1] >> 3) / 15.f;
break;
case 4:
// Torque
torque = ((midiTxBuf[1] << 7) | midiTxBuf[2]) - 0x80;
if (active && !calibrating)
haptic::setTorque(0, torque / 128.f * power);
break;
case 5:
// Rumble
// decoding from FFB Arcade Plugin (by Boomslangnz)
// https://github.com/Boomslangnz/FFBArcadePlugin/blob/master/Game%20Files/Demul.cpp
// buf[1]?
if (active)
MapleConfigMap::UpdateVibration(0, std::max(0.f, (float)(midiTxBuf[2] - 1) / 24.f * power), 0.f, 17);
break;
case 6:
// Damper
damperParam = midiTxBuf[1] / 127.f;
damperSpeed = midiTxBuf[2] / 127.f;
// clubkart sets it to 28 40 in menus, and 04 12 when in game (not changing in between)
// initdv3 starts with 02 2c // FIXME no effect with sat=2
// changes it in-game: 02 11-2c
// finish line(?): 02 5a
// ends with 00 00
// kingrt66: 60 0a (start), 40 0a (in game)
// sgdrvsim: 08 20 when calibrating center
// 18 40 init
// 28 nn in menus (nn is viscoSpeed<<6 >>8 from table: 20,28,30,38,...,98)
// 1e+n 0+m in game (n and m are set in test menu, default 1e, 0))
// also: 8+n 0a+m and 0+n 3c+m
// byte1 is effect force? byte2 speed of effect?
if (active && !calibrating)
haptic::setDamper(0, damperParam * power, damperSpeed);
break;
// 07 nn nn: set wheel center. n=004d 90° right, 0100 center, 011a ? left
// 09 00 00: kingrt init
// 03 40: end init
// 0A 10 58: kingrt end init
// 0B nn mm: auto center? deflection range?
// sgdrvsim: 20 10 in menus, else 00 00. Also nn 7f (nn computed)
// kingrt: 1b 00 end init
// 70 00 00: kingrt init (before 7f & 7a), kingrt test menu (after 7f)
// 7A 00 10,14: clubk,initv3e,kingrt init/tets menu
// 7C 00 3f: initdv3e init
// 20: clubk init
// 30: kingrt init
// 7D 00 00: nop, poll
case 0x7f:
// FIXME also set when entering the service menu (kingrt66)
os_notify("Calibrating the wheel. Keep it centered.", 10000);
calibrating = true;
haptic::setSpring(0, 0.8f, 1.f);
position = 8192.f;
break;
}
if (!calibrating)
{
int direction = -1;
if (NaomiGameInputs != nullptr)
@ -468,21 +553,107 @@ static void forceFeedbackMidiReceiver(u8 data)
// required: b1 & 0x1f == 0x10 && b1 & 0x40 == 0
midiSend(0x90, ((int)position >> 7) & 0x7f, (int)position & 0x7f);
// decoding from FFB Arcade Plugin (by Boomslangnz)
// https://github.com/Boomslangnz/FFBArcadePlugin/blob/master/Game%20Files/Demul.cpp
if (midiTxBuf[0] == 0x85)
MapleConfigMap::UpdateVibration(0, std::max(0.f, (float)(midiTxBuf[2] - 1) / 24.f), 0.f, 5);
if (midiTxBuf[0] != 0xfd)
if (cmd != 0x7d) {
networkOutput.output("midiffb", (midiTxBuf[0] << 16) | (midiTxBuf[1]) << 8 | midiTxBuf[2]);
DEBUG_LOG(NAOMI, "midiFFB: %02x %02x %02x", cmd, midiTxBuf[1], midiTxBuf[2]);
}
}
midiTxBufIndex = (midiTxBufIndex + 1) % std::size(midiTxBuf);
}
void initMidiForceFeedback()
void init()
{
aica::setMidiReceiver(forceFeedbackMidiReceiver);
aica::setMidiReceiver(midiReceiver);
initialized = true;
reset();
}
void reset()
{
active = false;
calibrating = false;
midiTxBufIndex = 0;
power = 0.8f;
damperParam = 0.f;
damperSpeed = 0.f;
torque = 0.f;
}
void term()
{
aica::setMidiReceiver(nullptr);
initialized = false;
}
void serialize(Serializer& ser)
{
if (initialized)
{
ser << midiTxBuf;
ser << midiTxBufIndex;
ser << calibrating;
ser << active;
ser << power;
ser << damperParam;
ser << damperSpeed;
ser << position;
ser << torque;
}
}
void deserialize(Deserializer& deser)
{
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V27)
{
if (initialized) {
deser >> midiTxBuf;
deser >> midiTxBufIndex;
}
else if (deser.version() < Deserializer::V51) {
deser.skip(4); // midiTxBuf
deser.skip<u32>(); // midiTxBufIndex
}
}
else {
midiTxBufIndex = 0;
}
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V34)
{
if (initialized)
deser >> calibrating;
else if (deser.version() < Deserializer::V51)
deser.skip<bool>(); // calibrating
}
else {
calibrating = false;
}
if (initialized)
{
if (deser.version() >= Deserializer::V51)
{
deser >> active;
deser >> power;
deser >> damperParam;
deser >> damperSpeed;
deser >> position;
deser >> torque;
if (active && !calibrating)
haptic::setDamper(0, damperParam * power, damperSpeed);
}
else
{
active = false;
power = 0.8f;
damperParam = 0.f;
damperSpeed = 0.f;
position = 8192.f;
torque = 0.f;
}
}
}
} // namespace midiffb
struct DriveSimPipe : public SerialPort::Pipe
{
void write(u8 data) override

11
core/hw/naomi/naomi.h
View File

@ -20,9 +20,18 @@ u16 NaomiGameIDRead();
void NaomiGameIDWrite(u16 data);
void setGameSerialId(const u8 *data);
void initMidiForceFeedback();
void initDriveSimSerialPipe();
namespace midiffb {
void init();
void reset();
void term();
void serialize(Serializer& ser);
void deserialize(Deserializer& deser);
}
u32 libExtDevice_ReadMem_A0_006(u32 addr, u32 size);
void libExtDevice_WriteMem_A0_006(u32 addr, u32 data, u32 size);

13
core/hw/naomi/naomi_cart.cpp
View File

@ -81,12 +81,7 @@ static bool loadBios(const char *filename, Archive *child_archive, Archive *pare
for (int romid = 0; bios->blobs[romid].filename != nullptr; romid++)
{
if (region == -1)
{
region = bios->blobs[romid].region;
config::Region.override(region);
}
else if (bios->blobs[romid].region != (u32)region)
if (region != -1 && bios->blobs[romid].region != (u32)region)
continue;
std::unique_ptr<ArchiveFile> file;
@ -119,6 +114,8 @@ static bool loadBios(const char *filename, Archive *child_archive, Archive *pare
md5.add(biosData + bios->blobs[romid].offset, bios->blobs[romid].length);
DEBUG_LOG(NAOMI, "Mapped %s: %x bytes at %07x", bios->blobs[romid].filename, read, bios->blobs[romid].offset);
found_region = true;
if (region == -1)
config::Region.override(bios->blobs[romid].region);
}
break;
case EepromBE16:
@ -654,7 +651,7 @@ void naomi_cart_LoadRom(const std::string& path, const std::string& fileName, Lo
|| gameId == "INITIAL D CYCRAFT")
{
card_reader::initdInit();
initMidiForceFeedback();
midiffb::init();
}
else if (gameId == "MAXIMUM SPEED" || gameId == "FASTER THAN SPEED")
{
@ -665,7 +662,7 @@ void naomi_cart_LoadRom(const std::string& path, const std::string& fileName, Lo
|| gameId == "SEGA DRIVING SIMULATOR")
{
if (settings.naomi.drivingSimSlave == 0)
initMidiForceFeedback();
midiffb::init();
if (romName == "clubkrt" || romName == "clubkrto"
|| romName == "clubkrta" || romName == "clubkrtc")
card_reader::clubkInit();

13
core/hw/naomi/naomi_roms_input.h
View File

@ -371,9 +371,14 @@ static InputDescriptors f355_inputs = {
// manual gear shift on P2 DPad
// L R
// U 2 1
// 4 3
// D 6 5
// U 1 3 5
// D 2 4 6
{ NAOMI_BTN2_KEY, "GEAR 1", 0, NAOMI_UP_KEY | NAOMI_LEFT_KEY },
{ NAOMI_BTN3_KEY, "GEAR 2", 0, NAOMI_DOWN_KEY | NAOMI_LEFT_KEY },
{ NAOMI_BTN4_KEY, "GEAR 3", 0, NAOMI_UP_KEY },
{ NAOMI_BTN5_KEY, "GEAR 4", 0, NAOMI_DOWN_KEY },
{ NAOMI_BTN6_KEY, "GEAR 5", 0, NAOMI_UP_KEY | NAOMI_RIGHT_KEY },
{ NAOMI_BTN7_KEY, "GEAR 6", 0, NAOMI_DOWN_KEY | NAOMI_RIGHT_KEY },
NAO_START_DESC
NAO_BASE_BTN_DESC
@ -382,7 +387,7 @@ static InputDescriptors f355_inputs = {
{ "HANDLE", Full, 0 },
{ "ACCEL", Half, 4 },
{ "BRAKE", Half, 5 },
{ "CLUTCH", Full, 2 }, // Deluxe only
{ "CLUTCH", Half, 6 }, // Deluxe only
},
};

37
core/hw/naomi/printer.cpp
View File

@ -341,6 +341,11 @@ public:
{
if (page.empty())
return false;
const auto& appendData = [](void *context, void *data, int size) {
std::vector<u8>& v = *(std::vector<u8> *)context;
v.insert(v.end(), (u8 *)data, (u8 *)data + size);
};
stbi_flip_vertically_on_write(0);
if (settings.content.gameId.substr(0, 4) == "F355")
{
u8 *data = nullptr;
@ -383,15 +388,29 @@ public:
*p = 0xff000000;
p++;
}
stbi_write_png(filename.c_str(), printerWidth, lines, 4, data, printerWidth * 4);
std::vector<u8> pngData;
stbi_write_png_to_func(appendData, &pngData, printerWidth, lines, 4, data, printerWidth * 4);
stbi_image_free(data);
try {
hostfs::saveScreenshot(filename, pngData);
} catch (const FlycastException& e) {
ERROR_LOG(NAOMI, "Error saving print out: %s", e.what());
return false;
}
return true;
}
}
for (u8& b : page)
b = 0xff - b;
stbi_write_png(filename.c_str(), printerWidth, lines, 1, &page[0], printerWidth);
std::vector<u8> pngData;
stbi_write_png_to_func(appendData, &pngData, printerWidth, lines, 1, &page[0], printerWidth);
try {
hostfs::saveScreenshot(filename, pngData);
} catch (const FlycastException& e) {
ERROR_LOG(NAOMI, "Error saving print out: %s", e.what());
return false;
}
return true;
}
@ -827,12 +846,16 @@ private:
state = Default;
if (bitmapWriter && bitmapWriter->isDirty())
{
// TODO save to ~/Pictures instead
std::string s = get_writable_data_path(settings.content.gameId + "-results.png");
bitmapWriter->save(s);
std::string date = timeToISO8601(time(nullptr));
std::replace(date.begin(), date.end(), '/', '-');
std::replace(date.begin(), date.end(), ':', '-');
std::string s = settings.content.gameId + " - " + date + ".png";
const bool success = bitmapWriter->save(s);
bitmapWriter.reset();
os_notify("Print out saved", 5000, s.c_str());
NOTICE_LOG(NAOMI, "%s", s.c_str());
if (success) {
os_notify("Print out saved", 5000, s.c_str());
NOTICE_LOG(NAOMI, "%s", s.c_str());
}
}
break;
case 'K': // Set Kanji mode

8
core/hw/sh4/dyna/decoder.cpp
View File

@ -508,6 +508,8 @@ static void dec_param(DecParam p,shil_param& r1,shil_param& r2, u32 op)
u32 shft=p-PRM_RN_D4_x1;
r1=mk_regi(reg_r0+GetN(op));
r2=mk_imm(GetImm4(op)<<shft);
if (r2.imm_value() == 0)
r2 = shil_param();
}
break;
@ -523,6 +525,8 @@ static void dec_param(DecParam p,shil_param& r1,shil_param& r2, u32 op)
u32 shft=p-PRM_RM_D4_x1;
r1=mk_regi(reg_r0+GetM(op));
r2=mk_imm(GetImm4(op)<<shft);
if (r2.imm_value() == 0)
r2 = shil_param();
}
break;
@ -538,6 +542,8 @@ static void dec_param(DecParam p,shil_param& r1,shil_param& r2, u32 op)
u32 shft=p-PRM_GBR_D8_x1;
r1=mk_regi(reg_gbr);
r2=mk_imm(GetImm8(op)<<shft);
if (r2.imm_value() == 0)
r2 = shil_param();
}
break;
@ -979,7 +985,7 @@ bool dec_DecodeBlock(RuntimeBlockInfo* rbi,u32 max_cycles)
blk->guest_opcodes++;
dec_updateBlockCycles(blk, op);
if (OpDesc[op]->IsFloatingPoint())
if (!blk->has_fpu_op && OpDesc[op]->IsFloatingPoint())
{
if (sr.FD == 1)
{

144
core/hw/sh4/dyna/shil_canonical.h
View File

@ -135,6 +135,28 @@ shil_compile( \
die("This opcode requires native dynarec implementation"); \
)
#if SHIL_MODE==1
template<int Stride = 1>
static inline float innerProduct(const float *f1, const float *f2)
{
#if HOST_CPU == CPU_X86 || HOST_CPU == CPU_X64 || HOST_CPU == CPU_ARM64
const double f = (double)f1[0] * f2[Stride * 0]
+ (double)f1[1] * f2[Stride * 1]
+ (double)f1[2] * f2[Stride * 2]
+ (double)f1[3] * f2[Stride * 3];
return fixNaN((float)f);
#else
const float f = f1[0] * f2[Stride * 0]
+ f1[1] * f2[Stride * 1]
+ f1[2] * f2[Stride * 2]
+ f1[3] * f2[Stride * 3];
return fixNaN(f);
#endif
}
#endif
#else
#define BIN_OP_I(z)
@ -415,24 +437,6 @@ shil_compile
shil_opc_end()
//shop_swap -- swap all bytes in word
shil_opc(swap)
shil_canonical
(
u32,f1,(u32 r1),
return (r1 >>24) | ((r1 >>16)&0xFF00) |((r1&0xFF00)<<8) | (r1<<24);
)
shil_compile
(
shil_cf_arg_u32(rs1);
shil_cf(f1);
shil_cf_rv_u32(rd);
)
shil_opc_end()
//shop_shld
shil_opc(shld)
shil_canonical
@ -909,31 +913,12 @@ shil_opc_end()
//shop_fipr
shil_opc(fipr)
#if HOST_CPU == CPU_X86 || HOST_CPU == CPU_X64
shil_canonical
(
f32,f1,(const float* fn, const float* fm),
double idp = (double)fn[0] * fm[0];
idp += (double)fn[1] * fm[1];
idp += (double)fn[2] * fm[2];
idp += (double)fn[3] * fm[3];
return fixNaN((float)idp);
return innerProduct(fn, fm);
)
#else
shil_canonical
(
f32,f1,(float* fn, float* fm),
float idp = fn[0] * fm[0];
idp+=fn[1]*fm[1];
idp+=fn[2]*fm[2];
idp+=fn[3]*fm[3];
return fixNaN(idp);
)
#endif
shil_compile
(
@ -942,74 +927,24 @@ shil_compile
shil_cf(f1);
shil_cf_rv_f32(rd);
)
shil_opc_end()
//shop_ftrv
shil_opc(ftrv)
#if HOST_CPU == CPU_X86 || HOST_CPU == CPU_X64
shil_canonical
(
void,f1,(float* fd, const float* fn, const float* fm),
void,f1,(float *fd, const float *fn, const float *fm),
double v1 = (double)fm[0] * fn[0] +
(double)fm[4] * fn[1] +
(double)fm[8] * fn[2] +
(double)fm[12] * fn[3];
double v2 = (double)fm[1] * fn[0] +
(double)fm[5] * fn[1] +
(double)fm[9] * fn[2] +
(double)fm[13] * fn[3];
double v3 = (double)fm[2] * fn[0] +
(double)fm[6] * fn[1] +
(double)fm[10] * fn[2] +
(double)fm[14] * fn[3];
double v4 = (double)fm[3] * fn[0] +
(double)fm[7] * fn[1] +
(double)fm[11] * fn[2] +
(double)fm[15] * fn[3];
fd[0] = fixNaN((float)v1);
fd[1] = fixNaN((float)v2);
fd[2] = fixNaN((float)v3);
fd[3] = fixNaN((float)v4);
float v1 = innerProduct<4>(fn, fm);
float v2 = innerProduct<4>(fn, fm + 1);
float v3 = innerProduct<4>(fn, fm + 2);
float v4 = innerProduct<4>(fn, fm + 3);
fd[0] = v1;
fd[1] = v2;
fd[2] = v3;
fd[3] = v4;
)
#else
shil_canonical
(
void,f1,(float* fd,float* fn, float* fm),
float v1 = fm[0] * fn[0] +
fm[4] * fn[1] +
fm[8] * fn[2] +
fm[12] * fn[3];
float v2 = fm[1] * fn[0] +
fm[5] * fn[1] +
fm[9] * fn[2] +
fm[13] * fn[3];
float v3 = fm[2] * fn[0] +
fm[6] * fn[1] +
fm[10] * fn[2] +
fm[14] * fn[3];
float v4 = fm[3] * fn[0] +
fm[7] * fn[1] +
fm[11] * fn[2] +
fm[15] * fn[3];
fd[0] = fixNaN(v1);
fd[1] = fixNaN(v2);
fd[2] = fixNaN(v3);
fd[3] = fixNaN(v4);
)
#endif
shil_compile
(
shil_cf_arg_ptr(rs2);
@ -1024,7 +959,7 @@ shil_opc(fmac)
shil_canonical
(
f32,f1,(float fn, float f0,float fm),
return fixNaN(fn + f0 * fm);
return fixNaN(std::fma(f0, fm, fn));
)
shil_compile
(
@ -1038,7 +973,18 @@ shil_opc_end()
//shop_fsrra
shil_opc(fsrra)
UN_OP_F(1/sqrtf)
shil_canonical
(
f32,f1,(float fn),
return std::sqrt(1.f / fn);
)
shil_compile
(
shil_cf_arg_f32(rs1);
shil_cf(f1);
shil_cf_rv_f32(rd);
)
shil_opc_end()

3
core/hw/sh4/dyna/ssa.cpp
View File

@ -167,9 +167,6 @@ bool SSAOptimizer::ExecuteConstOp(shil_opcode* op)
case shop_swaplb:
rd = shil_opcl_swaplb::f1::impl(rs1);
break;
case shop_swap:
rd = shil_opcl_swap::f1::impl(rs1);
break;
case shop_seteq:
rd = shil_opcl_seteq::f1::impl(rs1, rs2);
break;

43
core/hw/sh4/dyna/ssa.h
View File

@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ public:
for (shil_opcode& op : block->oplist)
{
// FIXME shop_ifb should be assumed to increase versions too? (increment all reg_versions[])
AddVersionToOperand(op.rs1, false);
AddVersionToOperand(op.rs2, false);
AddVersionToOperand(op.rs3, false);
@ -212,26 +213,18 @@ private:
}
else if (op.op == shop_readm || op.op == shop_writem)
{
if (op.rs1.is_imm())
if (op.rs1.is_imm() && !op.rs3.is_reg())
{
if (op.rs3.is_imm())
{
// Merge base addr and offset
// Merge base addr and offset
if (op.rs3.is_imm()) {
op.rs1._imm += op.rs3.imm_value();
op.rs3.type = FMT_NULL;
}
else if (op.rs3.is_reg())
{
// Swap rs1 and rs3 so that rs1 is never an immediate operand
shil_param t = op.rs1;
op.rs1 = op.rs3;
op.rs3 = t;
}
// If we know the address to read and it's in the same memory page(s) as the block
// and if those pages are read-only, then we can directly read the memory at compile time
// and propagate the read value as a constant.
if (op.rs1.is_imm() && op.op == shop_readm && block->read_only
if (op.op == shop_readm && block->read_only
&& (op.rs1._imm >> 12) >= (block->vaddr >> 12)
&& (op.rs1._imm >> 12) <= ((block->vaddr + block->sh4_code_size - 1) >> 12)
&& op.size <= 4)
@ -263,6 +256,15 @@ private:
}
}
}
else
{
if (op.rs1.is_imm() && op.rs3.is_reg())
// Swap rs1 and rs3 so that rs1 is never an immediate operand
std::swap(op.rs1, op.rs3);
if (op.rs3.is_imm() && op.rs3.imm_value() == 0)
// 0 displacement has no effect
op.rs3.type = FMT_NULL;
}
}
else if (ExecuteConstOp(&op))
{
@ -440,9 +442,9 @@ private:
for (size_t opnum = 0; opnum < block->oplist.size(); opnum++)
{
shil_opcode& op = block->oplist[opnum];
if (op.rs2.is_imm())
if (op.rs2.is_imm() || op.rs2.is_null())
{
if (op.rs2.imm_value() == 0)
if (op.rs2.is_null() || op.rs2.imm_value() == 0)
{
// a & 0 == 0
// a * 0 == 0
@ -590,10 +592,15 @@ private:
defnum = opnum;
// find alias redef
if (DefinesHigherVersion(op->rd, alias.second) && aliasdef == (size_t)-1)
aliasdef = opnum;
else if (DefinesHigherVersion(op->rd2, alias.second) && aliasdef == (size_t)-1)
aliasdef = opnum;
if (aliasdef == (size_t)-1)
{
if (DefinesHigherVersion(op->rd, alias.second))
aliasdef = opnum;
else if (DefinesHigherVersion(op->rd2, alias.second))
aliasdef = opnum;
else if (op->op == shop_ifb)
aliasdef = opnum;
}
// find last use
if (UsesRegValue(op->rs1, alias.first))

51
core/hw/sh4/interpr/sh4_fpu.cpp
View File

@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ sh4op(i1111_nnnn_0111_1101)
u32 n = GetN(op);
if (fpscr.PR==0)
{
fr[n] = (float)(1/sqrtf(fr[n]));
fr[n] = sqrtf(1.f / fr[n]);
CHECK_FPU_32(fr[n]);
}
else
@ -406,23 +406,12 @@ sh4op(i1111_nnmm_1110_1101)
int m=(GetN(op)&0x3)<<2;
if (fpscr.PR == 0)
{
#if HOST_CPU == CPU_X86 || HOST_CPU == CPU_X64
// multiplications are done with 28 bits of precision (53 - 25) and the final sum at 30 bits
double idp = (double)fr[n + 0] * fr[m + 0];
idp += (double)fr[n + 1] * fr[m + 1];
idp += (double)fr[n + 2] * fr[m + 2];
idp += (double)fr[n + 3] * fr[m + 3];
fr[n + 3] = fixNaN((float)idp);
#else
float rv = fr[n + 0] * fr[m + 0];
rv += fr[n + 1] * fr[m + 1];
rv += fr[n + 2] * fr[m + 2];
rv += fr[n + 3] * fr[m + 3];
CHECK_FPU_32(rv);
fr[n + 3] = rv;
#endif
}
else
{
@ -521,7 +510,7 @@ sh4op(i1111_nnnn_0110_1101)
}
else
{
setDRn(op, fixNaN64(sqrt(getDRn(op))));
setDRn(op, fixNaN64(std::sqrt(getDRn(op))));
}
}
@ -567,7 +556,7 @@ sh4op(i1111_nnnn_mmmm_1110)
u32 n = GetN(op);
u32 m = GetM(op);
fr[n] =(f32) ((f64)fr[n]+(f64)fr[0] * (f64)fr[m]);
fr[n] = std::fma(fr[0], fr[m], fr[n]);
CHECK_FPU_32(fr[n]);
}
else
@ -591,7 +580,6 @@ sh4op(i1111_nn01_1111_1101)
if (fpscr.PR==0)
{
#if HOST_CPU == CPU_X86 || HOST_CPU == CPU_X64
double v1 = (double)xf[0] * fr[n + 0] +
(double)xf[4] * fr[n + 1] +
(double)xf[8] * fr[n + 2] +
@ -616,39 +604,6 @@ sh4op(i1111_nn01_1111_1101)
fr[n + 1] = fixNaN((float)v2);
fr[n + 2] = fixNaN((float)v3);
fr[n + 3] = fixNaN((float)v4);
#else
float v1, v2, v3, v4;
v1 = xf[0] * fr[n + 0] +
xf[4] * fr[n + 1] +
xf[8] * fr[n + 2] +
xf[12] * fr[n + 3];
v2 = xf[1] * fr[n + 0] +
xf[5] * fr[n + 1] +
xf[9] * fr[n + 2] +
xf[13] * fr[n + 3];
v3 = xf[2] * fr[n + 0] +
xf[6] * fr[n + 1] +
xf[10] * fr[n + 2] +
xf[14] * fr[n + 3];
v4 = xf[3] * fr[n + 0] +
xf[7] * fr[n + 1] +
xf[11] * fr[n + 2] +
xf[15] * fr[n + 3];
CHECK_FPU_32(v1);
CHECK_FPU_32(v2);
CHECK_FPU_32(v3);
CHECK_FPU_32(v4);
fr[n + 0] = v1;
fr[n + 1] = v2;
fr[n + 2] = v3;
fr[n + 3] = v4;
#endif
}
else
{

16
core/hw/sh4/interpr/sh4_opcodes.cpp
View File

@ -16,8 +16,6 @@
#include "hw/sh4/sh4_cache.h"
#endif
#define iNimp cpu_iNimp
//Read Mem macros
#define ReadMemU32(to,addr) to=ReadMem32(addr)
@ -41,11 +39,6 @@
#define WriteMemBOU8(addr,offset,data) WriteMemU8(addr+offset,data)
// 0xxx
void cpu_iNimp(u32 op, const char* info)
{
ERROR_LOG(INTERPRETER, "Unimplemented opcode: %08X next_pc: %08X pr: %08X msg: %s", op, next_pc, pr, info);
die("iNimp reached\n");
}
//stc GBR,<REG_N>
sh4op(i0000_nnnn_0001_0010)
@ -1449,6 +1442,7 @@ sh4op(i0011_nnnn_mmmm_0100)
const u8 old_q = sr.Q;
sr.Q = (u8)((0x80000000 & r[n]) != 0);
const u32 old_rm = r[m];
r[n] <<= 1;
r[n] |= sr.T;
@ -1458,13 +1452,13 @@ sh4op(i0011_nnnn_mmmm_0100)
{
if (sr.M == 0)
{
r[n] -= r[m];
r[n] -= old_rm;
bool tmp1 = r[n] > old_rn;
sr.Q = sr.Q ^ tmp1;
}
else
{
r[n] += r[m];
r[n] += old_rm;
bool tmp1 = r[n] < old_rn;
sr.Q = !sr.Q ^ tmp1;
}
@ -1473,13 +1467,13 @@ sh4op(i0011_nnnn_mmmm_0100)
{
if (sr.M == 0)
{
r[n] += r[m];
r[n] += old_rm;
bool tmp1 = r[n] < old_rn;
sr.Q = sr.Q ^ tmp1;
}
else
{
r[n] -= r[m];
r[n] -= old_rm;
bool tmp1 = r[n] > old_rn;
sr.Q = !sr.Q ^ tmp1;
}

6
core/hw/sh4/sh4_opcode_list.cpp
View File

@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ static u64 dec_MRd(DecParam d,DecParam s,u32 sz) { return dec_Fill(DM_ReadM,d,s,
//d= reg to read from
static u64 dec_MWt(DecParam d,DecParam s,u32 sz) { return dec_Fill(DM_WriteM,d,s,shop_writem,sz); }
sh4_opcodelistentry missing_opcode = {dec_illegalOp, iNotImplemented, 0, 0, ReadWritePC, "missing", 0, 0, CO, 1 };
static sh4_opcodelistentry missing_opcode = {dec_illegalOp, iNotImplemented, 0, 0, ReadWritePC, "missing", 0, 0, CO, 1 };
sh4_opcodelistentry opcodes[]=
static sh4_opcodelistentry opcodes[]=
{
//HLE
{0, reios_trap, Mask_none, REIOS_OPCODE, Branch_dir, "reios_trap", 100, 100, CO, 1 },
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ sh4_opcodelistentry opcodes[]=
{0,0,0,0,ReadWritePC}//Branch in order to stop the block and save PC ect :)
};
void BuildOpcodeTables()
static void BuildOpcodeTables()
{
for (int i=0;i<0x10000;i++)

1
core/hw/sh4/sh4_opcode_list.h
View File

@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ struct sh4_opcodelistentry
};
extern sh4_opcodelistentry* OpDesc[0x10000];
extern sh4_opcodelistentry opcodes[];
void DissasembleOpcode(u16 opcode,u32 pc,char* Dissasm);
enum DecParam

55
core/input/haptic.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/*
Copyright 2024 flyinghead
This file is part of Flycast.
Flycast is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
Flycast is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Flycast. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#pragma once
#include "build.h"
#ifdef USE_SDL
void sdl_setTorque(int, float);
void sdl_setDamper(int, float, float);
void sdl_setSpring(int, float, float);
void sdl_stopHaptic(int);
#endif
namespace haptic {
inline static void setTorque(int port, float v) {
#ifdef USE_SDL
sdl_setTorque(port, v);
#endif
}
inline static void setDamper(int port, float param, float speed) {
#ifdef USE_SDL
sdl_setDamper(port, param, speed);
#endif
}
inline static void setSpring(int port, float saturation, float speed) {
#ifdef USE_SDL
sdl_setSpring(port, saturation, speed);
#endif
}
inline static void stopAll(int port) {
#ifdef USE_SDL
sdl_stopHaptic(port);
#endif
}
}

4
core/network/miniupnp.cpp
View File

@ -43,7 +43,11 @@ bool MiniUPnP::Init()
WARN_LOG(NETWORK, "UPnP discover failed: error %d", error);
return false;
}
#if MINIUPNPC_API_VERSION >= 18
error = UPNP_GetValidIGD(devlist, &urls, &data, lanAddress, sizeof(lanAddress), nullptr, 0);
#else
error = UPNP_GetValidIGD(devlist, &urls, &data, lanAddress, sizeof(lanAddress));
#endif
freeUPNPDevlist(devlist);
if (error != 1)
{

16
core/oslib/oslib.cpp
View File

@ -128,10 +128,22 @@ std::string getSavestatePath(int index, bool writable)
state_file = state_file + index_str + ".state";
if (index == -1)
state_file += ".net";
if (writable)
static std::string lastFile;
static std::string lastPath;
if (writable) {
lastFile.clear();
return get_writable_data_path(state_file);
}
else
return get_readonly_data_path(state_file);
{
if (lastFile != state_file) {
lastFile = state_file;
lastPath = get_readonly_data_path(state_file);
}
return lastPath;
}
}
std::string getShaderCachePath(const std::string& filename)

6
core/oslib/storage.cpp
View File

@ -202,12 +202,16 @@ public:
}
else
{
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "Cannot get attrbutes of '%s' error 0x%x", path.c_str(), GetLastError());
const int error = GetLastError();
if (error != ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && error != ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND)
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "Cannot get attributes of '%s' error 0x%x", path.c_str(), error);
_set_errno(error);
throw StorageException("Cannot get attributes of " + path);
}
}
else
{
_set_errno(EINVAL);
throw StorageException("Invalid file name " + path);
}
#endif

5
core/rec-ARM/rec_arm.cpp
View File

@ -1933,8 +1933,8 @@ void Arm32Assembler::compileOp(RuntimeBlockInfo* block, shil_opcode* op, bool op
case shop_fsrra:
Vmov(s1, 1.f);
Vsqrt(s0, reg.mapFReg(op->rs1));
Vdiv(reg.mapFReg(op->rd), s1, s0);
Vdiv(s0, s1, reg.mapFReg(op->rs1));
Vsqrt(reg.mapFReg(op->rd), s0);
break;
case shop_fsetgt:
@ -1986,7 +1986,6 @@ void Arm32Assembler::compileOp(RuntimeBlockInfo* block, shil_opcode* op, bool op
case shop_fipr:
{
QRegister _r1 = q0;
QRegister _r2 = q0;

14
core/rec-ARM64/rec_arm64.cpp
View File

@ -879,9 +879,9 @@ public:
break;
case shop_fsrra:
Fsqrt(s0, regalloc.MapVRegister(op.rs1));
Fmov(s1, 1.f);
Fdiv(regalloc.MapVRegister(op.rd), s1, s0);
Fdiv(s0, s1, regalloc.MapVRegister(op.rs1));
Fsqrt(regalloc.MapVRegister(op.rd), s0);
break;
case shop_fsetgt:
@ -907,6 +907,7 @@ public:
}
break;
/* fall back to the canonical implementations for better precision
case shop_fipr:
Add(x9, x28, sh4_context_mem_operand(op.rs1.reg_ptr()).GetOffset());
Ld1(v0.V4S(), MemOperand(x9));
@ -937,6 +938,7 @@ public:
Add(x9, x28, sh4_context_mem_operand(op.rd.reg_ptr()).GetOffset());
St1(v5.V4S(), MemOperand(x9));
break;
*/
case shop_frswap:
Add(x9, x28, sh4_context_mem_operand(op.rs1.reg_ptr()).GetOffset());
@ -1077,13 +1079,11 @@ public:
switch (size)
{
case 1:
GenCallRuntime(addrspace::read8);
Sxtb(w0, w0);
GenCallRuntime(addrspace::read8SX32);
break;
case 2:
GenCallRuntime(addrspace::read16);
Sxth(w0, w0);
GenCallRuntime(addrspace::read16SX32);
break;
case 4:
@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ public:
// w0: vaddr, w1: addr
checkBlockFpu = GetCursorAddress<DynaCode *>();
Label fpu_enabled;
Ldr(w10, sh4_context_mem_operand(&sr));
Ldr(w10, sh4_context_mem_operand(&sr.status));
Tbz(w10, 15, &fpu_enabled); // test SR.FD bit
Mov(w1, Sh4Ex_FpuDisabled); // exception code

2
core/rec-x64/rec_x64.cpp
View File

@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ public:
if (mmu_enabled() && block->has_fpu_op)
{
Xbyak::Label fpu_enabled;
mov(rax, (uintptr_t)&sr);
mov(rax, (uintptr_t)&sr.status);
test(dword[rax], 0x8000); // test SR.FD bit
jz(fpu_enabled);
mov(call_regs[0], block->vaddr); // pc

9
core/rec-x64/xbyak_base.h
View File

@ -537,19 +537,18 @@ protected:
break;
case shop_fsrra:
// RSQRTSS has an |error| <= 1.5*2^-12 where the SH4 FSRRA needs |error| <= 2^-21
sqrtss(xmm0, mapXRegister(op.rs1));
if (ArchX64)
{
mov(eax, 0x3f800000); // 1.0
movd(mapXRegister(op.rd), eax);
movd(xmm0, eax);
}
else
{
static float one = 1.f;
movss(mapXRegister(op.rd), dword[&one]);
movss(xmm0, dword[&one]);
}
divss(mapXRegister(op.rd), xmm0);
divss(xmm0, mapXRegister(op.rs1));
sqrtss(mapXRegister(op.rd), xmm0);
break;
case shop_fsetgt:

2
core/rec-x86/rec_x86.cpp
View File

@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ void X86Compiler::compile(RuntimeBlockInfo* block, bool force_checks, bool optim
if (mmu_enabled() && block->has_fpu_op)
{
Xbyak::Label fpu_enabled;
mov(eax, dword[&sr]);
mov(eax, dword[&sr.status]);
test(eax, 0x8000); // test SR.FD bit
jz(fpu_enabled);
push(Sh4Ex_FpuDisabled); // exception code

8
core/rend/tileclip.h
View File

@ -59,6 +59,14 @@ static inline TileClipping GetTileClip(u32 val, const glm::mat4& viewport, int *
if (!pvrrc.isRTT)
{
if (tileClippingMode == TileClipping::Outside && !config::EmulateFramebuffer)
{
// Intersect with framebuffer clipping
csx = std::max<float>(csx, pvrrc.fb_X_CLIP.min);
csy = std::max<float>(csy, pvrrc.fb_Y_CLIP.min);
cex = std::min<float>(cex, pvrrc.fb_X_CLIP.max + 1);
cey = std::min<float>(cey, pvrrc.fb_Y_CLIP.max + 1);
}
glm::vec4 clip_start(csx, csy, 0, 1);
glm::vec4 clip_end(cex, cey, 0, 1);
clip_start = viewport * clip_start;

101
core/sdl/sdl.cpp
View File

@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ static u64 lastBarcodeTime;
static KeyboardLayout detectKeyboardLayout();
static bool handleBarcodeScanner(const SDL_Event& event);
void sdl_stopHaptic(int port);
static void pauseHaptic();
static void resumeHaptic();
static struct SDLDeInit
{
@ -64,6 +67,8 @@ static struct SDLDeInit
static void sdl_open_joystick(int index)
{
if (settings.naomi.slave)
return;
SDL_Joystick *pJoystick = SDL_JoystickOpen(index);
if (pJoystick == NULL)
@ -84,6 +89,8 @@ static void sdl_open_joystick(int index)
static void sdl_close_joystick(SDL_JoystickID instance)
{
if (settings.naomi.slave)
return;
std::shared_ptr<SDLGamepad> gamepad = SDLGamepad::GetSDLGamepad(instance);
if (gamepad != NULL)
gamepad->close();
@ -129,6 +136,7 @@ static void emuEventCallback(Event event, void *)
{
case Event::Terminate:
SDL_SetWindowTitle(window, "Flycast");
sdl_stopHaptic(0);
break;
case Event::Pause:
gameRunning = false;
@ -136,13 +144,14 @@ static void emuEventCallback(Event event, void *)
SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_FALSE);
SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_ENABLE);
setWindowTitleGame();
pauseHaptic();
break;
case Event::Resume:
gameRunning = true;
captureMouse(mouseCaptured);
if (window_fullscreen && !mouseCaptured)
SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_DISABLE);
resumeHaptic();
break;
default:
break;
@ -212,6 +221,8 @@ void input_sdl_init()
die("SDL: error initializing Joystick subsystem");
}
sdlDeInit.initialized = true;
if (SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC) == 0)
SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC);
SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_FALSE);
@ -257,10 +268,11 @@ void input_sdl_quit()
EventManager::unlisten(Event::Pause, emuEventCallback);
EventManager::unlisten(Event::Resume, emuEventCallback);
SDLGamepad::closeAllGamepads();
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK);
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC);
}
inline void SDLMouse::setAbsPos(int x, int y) {
inline void SDLMouse::setAbsPos(int x, int y)
{
int width, height;
SDL_GetWindowSize(window, &width, &height);
if (width != 0 && height != 0)
@ -1203,3 +1215,86 @@ static bool handleBarcodeScanner(const SDL_Event& event)
return true;
}
static float torque;
static float springSat;
static float springSpeed;
static float damperParam;
static float damperSpeed;
void sdl_setTorque(int port, float torque)
{
::torque = torque;
if (gameRunning)
SDLGamepad::SetTorque(port, torque);
}
void sdl_setSpring(int port, float saturation, float speed)
{
springSat = saturation;
springSpeed = speed;
SDLGamepad::SetSpring(port, saturation, speed);
}
void sdl_setDamper(int port, float param, float speed)
{
damperParam = param;
damperSpeed = speed;
SDLGamepad::SetDamper(port, param, speed);
}
void sdl_stopHaptic(int port)
{
torque = 0.f;
springSat = 0.f;
springSpeed = 0.f;
damperParam = 0.f;
damperSpeed = 0.f;
SDLGamepad::StopHaptic(port);
}
void pauseHaptic() {
SDLGamepad::SetTorque(0, 0.f);
}
void resumeHaptic() {
SDLGamepad::SetTorque(0, torque);
}
#if 0
#include "ui/gui_util.h"
void sdl_displayHapticStats()
{
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0);
ImguiStyleVar _1(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, 0);
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(10, 10));
ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ScaledVec2(120, 0));
ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.7f);
ImGui::Begin("##ggpostats", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs);
ImguiStyleColor _2(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, ImVec4(0.557f, 0.268f, 0.965f, 1.f));
ImGui::Text("Torque");
char s[32];
snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "%.1f", torque);
ImGui::ProgressBar(0.5f + torque / 2.f, ImVec2(-1, 0), s);
ImGui::Text("Spring Sat");
snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "%.1f", springSat);
ImGui::ProgressBar(springSat, ImVec2(-1, 0), s);
ImGui::Text("Spring Speed");
snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "%.1f", springSpeed);
ImGui::ProgressBar(springSpeed, ImVec2(-1, 0), s);
ImGui::Text("Damper Param");
snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "%.1f", damperParam);
ImGui::ProgressBar(damperParam, ImVec2(-1, 0), s);
ImGui::Text("Damper Speed");
snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "%.1f", damperSpeed);
ImGui::ProgressBar(damperSpeed, ImVec2(-1, 0), s);
ImGui::End();
}
#endif

240
core/sdl/sdl_gamepad.h
View File

@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ public:
_name = joyName;
sdl_joystick_instance = SDL_JoystickInstanceID(sdl_joystick);
_unique_id = "sdl_joystick_" + std::to_string(sdl_joystick_instance);
INFO_LOG(INPUT, "SDL: Opened joystick %d on port %d: '%s' unique_id=%s", sdl_joystick_instance, maple_port, _name.c_str(), _unique_id.c_str());
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "SDL: Opened joystick %d on port %d: '%s' unique_id=%s", sdl_joystick_instance, maple_port, _name.c_str(), _unique_id.c_str());
if (SDL_IsGameController(joystick_idx))
{
@ -201,14 +201,93 @@ public:
else
INFO_LOG(INPUT, "using custom mapping '%s'", input_mapper->name.c_str());
hasAnalogStick = SDL_JoystickNumAxes(sdl_joystick) > 0;
set_maple_port(maple_port);
#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2, 0, 18)
rumbleEnabled = SDL_JoystickHasRumble(sdl_joystick);
#else
rumbleEnabled = (SDL_JoystickRumble(sdl_joystick, 1, 1, 1) != -1);
#endif
hasAnalogStick = SDL_JoystickNumAxes(sdl_joystick) > 0;
set_maple_port(maple_port);
// Open the haptic interface
haptic = SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick(sdl_joystick);
if (haptic != nullptr)
{
// Query supported haptic effects for force-feedback
u32 hapq = SDL_HapticQuery(haptic);
INFO_LOG(INPUT, "SDL_HapticQuery: supported: %x", hapq);
if ((hapq & SDL_HAPTIC_SINE) != 0 && SDL_JoystickGetType(sdl_joystick) == SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_WHEEL)
{
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SINE;
effect.periodic.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN;
effect.periodic.direction.dir[0] = -1; // west
effect.periodic.period = 40; // 25 Hz
effect.periodic.magnitude = 0x7fff;
effect.periodic.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
sineEffectId = SDL_HapticNewEffect(haptic, &effect);
if (sineEffectId != -1)
{
rumbleEnabled = true;
hapticRumble = true;
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "wheel %d: haptic sine supported", sdl_joystick_instance);
}
}
if (hapq & SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER)
{
SDL_HapticSetAutocenter(haptic, 0);
hasAutocenter = true;
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "wheel %d: haptic autocenter supported", sdl_joystick_instance);
}
if (hapq & SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN)
SDL_HapticSetGain(haptic, 100);
if (hapq & SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT)
{
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT;
effect.constant.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN;
effect.constant.direction.dir[0] = -1; // west, updated when used
effect.constant.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
effect.constant.delay = 0;
effect.constant.level = 0; // updated when used
constEffectId = SDL_HapticNewEffect(haptic, &effect);
if (constEffectId != -1)
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "wheel %d: haptic constant supported", sdl_joystick_instance);
}
if (hapq & SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING)
{
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING;
effect.condition.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
effect.condition.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN; // not used but required!
// effect level at full deflection
effect.condition.left_sat[0] = effect.condition.right_sat[0] = 0xffff;
// how fast to increase the force
effect.condition.left_coeff[0] = effect.condition.right_coeff[0] = 0x7fff;
springEffectId = SDL_HapticNewEffect(haptic, &effect);
if (springEffectId != -1)
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "wheel %d: haptic spring supported", sdl_joystick_instance);
}
if (hapq & SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER)
{
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER;
effect.condition.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
effect.condition.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN; // not used but required!
// max effect level
effect.condition.left_sat[0] = effect.condition.right_sat[0] = 0xffff;
// how fast to increase the force
effect.condition.left_coeff[0] = effect.condition.right_coeff[0] = 0x7fff;
damperEffectId = SDL_HapticNewEffect(haptic, &effect);
if (damperEffectId != -1)
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "wheel %d: haptic damper supported", sdl_joystick_instance);
}
if (sineEffectId == -1 && constEffectId == -1 && damperEffectId == -1 && springEffectId == -1 && !hasAutocenter) {
SDL_HapticClose(haptic);
haptic = nullptr;
}
}
}
bool gamepad_axis_input(u32 code, int value) override
@ -227,6 +306,25 @@ public:
u16 getRumbleIntensity(float power) {
return (u16)std::min(power * 65535.f / std::pow(1.06f, 100.f - rumblePower), 65535.f);
}
void doRumble(float power, u32 duration_ms)
{
const u16 intensity = getRumbleIntensity(power);
if (hapticRumble)
{
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SINE;
effect.periodic.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN;
effect.periodic.direction.dir[0] = (vib_stop_time & 1) ? -1 : 1; // west or east randomly
effect.periodic.period = 40; // 25 Hz
effect.periodic.magnitude = intensity / 4; // scale by an additional 0.5 to soften it
effect.periodic.length = duration_ms;
SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(haptic, sineEffectId, &effect);
SDL_HapticRunEffect(haptic, sineEffectId, 1);
}
else {
SDL_JoystickRumble(sdl_joystick, intensity, intensity, duration_ms);
}
}
void rumble(float power, float inclination, u32 duration_ms) override
{
@ -234,9 +332,7 @@ public:
{
vib_inclination = inclination * power;
vib_stop_time = getTimeMs() + duration_ms;
u16 intensity = getRumbleIntensity(power);
SDL_JoystickRumble(sdl_joystick, intensity, intensity, duration_ms);
doRumble(power, duration_ms);
}
}
void update_rumble() override
@ -247,18 +343,112 @@ public:
{
int rem_time = vib_stop_time - getTimeMs();
if (rem_time <= 0)
vib_inclination = 0;
else
{
u16 intensity = getRumbleIntensity(vib_inclination * rem_time);
SDL_JoystickRumble(sdl_joystick, intensity, intensity, rem_time);
vib_inclination = 0;
if (hapticRumble)
SDL_HapticStopEffect(haptic, sineEffectId);
else
SDL_JoystickRumble(sdl_joystick, 0, 0, 0);
}
else {
doRumble(vib_inclination * rem_time, rem_time);
}
}
}
void setTorque(float torque)
{
if (haptic == nullptr || constEffectId == -1)
return;
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT;
effect.constant.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN;
effect.constant.direction.dir[0] = torque < 0 ? -1 : 1; // west/cw if torque < 0
effect.constant.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
effect.constant.level = std::abs(torque) * 32767.f * rumblePower / 100.f;
SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(haptic, constEffectId, &effect);
SDL_HapticRunEffect(haptic, constEffectId, 1);
}
void stopHaptic()
{
if (haptic != nullptr)
{
SDL_HapticStopAll(haptic);
if (hasAutocenter)
SDL_HapticSetAutocenter(haptic, 0);
}
}
void setSpring(float saturation, float speed)
{
if (haptic == nullptr)
return;
if (springEffectId == -1) {
// Spring not supported so use autocenter if available
if (hasAutocenter)
SDL_HapticSetAutocenter(haptic, saturation * rumblePower);
}
else
{
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING;
effect.condition.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
effect.condition.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN;
// effect level at full deflection
effect.condition.left_sat[0] = effect.condition.right_sat[0] = (saturation * rumblePower / 100.f) * 0xffff;
// how fast to increase the force
effect.condition.left_coeff[0] = effect.condition.right_coeff[0] = speed * 0x7fff;
SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(haptic, springEffectId, &effect);
SDL_HapticRunEffect(haptic, springEffectId, 1);
}
}
void setDamper(float param, float speed)
{
if (haptic == nullptr || damperEffectId == -1)
return;
SDL_HapticEffect effect{};
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER;
effect.condition.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
effect.condition.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN;
// max effect level
effect.condition.left_sat[0] = effect.condition.right_sat[0] = (param * rumblePower / 100.f) * 0xffff;
// how fast to increase the force
effect.condition.left_coeff[0] = effect.condition.right_coeff[0] = speed * 0x7fff;
SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(haptic, damperEffectId, &effect);
SDL_HapticRunEffect(haptic, damperEffectId, 1);
}
void close()
{
INFO_LOG(INPUT, "SDL: Joystick '%s' on port %d disconnected", _name.c_str(), maple_port());
NOTICE_LOG(INPUT, "SDL: Joystick '%s' on port %d disconnected", _name.c_str(), maple_port());
if (haptic != nullptr)
{
stopHaptic();
SDL_HapticSetGain(haptic, 0);
if (sineEffectId != -1) {
SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(haptic, sineEffectId);
sineEffectId = -1;
}
if (constEffectId != -1) {
SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(haptic, constEffectId);
constEffectId = -1;
}
if (springEffectId != -1) {
SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(haptic, springEffectId);
springEffectId = -1;
}
if (damperEffectId != -1) {
SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(haptic, damperEffectId);
damperEffectId = -1;
}
SDL_HapticClose(haptic);
haptic = nullptr;
rumbleEnabled = false;
hapticRumble = false;
hasAutocenter = false;
}
if (sdl_controller != nullptr)
SDL_GameControllerClose(sdl_controller);
SDL_JoystickClose(sdl_joystick);
@ -417,6 +607,27 @@ public:
pair.second->update_rumble();
}
static void SetTorque(int port, float torque) {
for (auto& pair : sdl_gamepads)
if (pair.second->maple_port() == port)
pair.second->setTorque(torque);
}
static void SetSpring(int port, float saturation, float speed) {
for (auto& pair : sdl_gamepads)
if (pair.second->maple_port() == port)
pair.second->setSpring(saturation, speed);
}
static void SetDamper(int port, float param, float speed) {
for (auto& pair : sdl_gamepads)
if (pair.second->maple_port() == port)
pair.second->setDamper(param, speed);
}
static void StopHaptic(int port) {
for (auto& pair : sdl_gamepads)
if (pair.second->maple_port() == port)
pair.second->stopHaptic();
}
protected:
u64 vib_stop_time = 0;
SDL_JoystickID sdl_joystick_instance;
@ -426,6 +637,13 @@ private:
float vib_inclination = 0;
SDL_GameController *sdl_controller = nullptr;
static std::map<SDL_JoystickID, std::shared_ptr<SDLGamepad>> sdl_gamepads;
SDL_Haptic *haptic = nullptr;
bool hapticRumble = false;
bool hasAutocenter = false;
int sineEffectId = -1;
int constEffectId = -1;
int springEffectId = -1;
int damperEffectId = -1;
};
std::map<SDL_JoystickID, std::shared_ptr<SDLGamepad>> SDLGamepad::sdl_gamepads;

3
core/serialize.h
View File

@ -61,7 +61,8 @@ public:
V48,
V49,
V50,
Current = V50,
V51,
Current = V51,
Next = Current + 1,
};

17
core/stdclass.cpp
View File

@ -221,3 +221,20 @@ u64 getTimeMs()
return std::chrono::duration_cast<std::chrono::milliseconds>(now - start).count();
}
#ifdef _WIN32
static struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *_clock, struct tm *_result)
{
return localtime_s(_result, _clock) ? nullptr : _result;
}
#endif
std::string timeToISO8601(time_t time)
{
tm t;
if (localtime_r(&time, &t) == nullptr)
return {};
std::string s(32, '\0');
s.resize(snprintf(s.data(), 32, "%04d/%02d/%02d %02d:%02d:%02d", t.tm_year + 1900, t.tm_mon + 1, t.tm_mday, t.tm_hour, t.tm_min, t.tm_sec));
return s;
}

2
core/stdclass.h
View File

@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
#include <vector>
#include <functional>
#include <cassert>
#include <time.h>
#ifdef __ANDROID__
#include <sys/mman.h>
@ -201,6 +202,7 @@ public:
};
u64 getTimeMs();
std::string timeToISO8601(time_t time);
class ThreadRunner
{

196
core/ui/gui.cpp
View File

@ -130,13 +130,12 @@ void gui_init()
return;
inited = true;
// Setup Dear ImGui context
IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
ImGui::CreateContext();
#if FC_PROFILER
ImPlot::CreateContext();
#endif
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); (void)io;
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
io.IniFilename = NULL;
@ -605,23 +604,6 @@ static void getScreenshot(std::vector<u8>& data, int width = 0)
stbi_write_png_to_func(appendVectorData, &data, width, height, 3, &rawData[0], 0);
}
#ifdef _WIN32
static struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *_clock, struct tm *_result)
{
return localtime_s(_result, _clock) ? nullptr : _result;
}
#endif
static std::string timeToString(time_t time)
{
tm t;
if (localtime_r(&time, &t) == nullptr)
return {};
std::string s(32, '\0');
s.resize(snprintf(s.data(), 32, "%04d/%02d/%02d %02d:%02d:%02d", t.tm_year + 1900, t.tm_mon + 1, t.tm_mday, t.tm_hour, t.tm_min, t.tm_sec));
return s;
}
static void savestate()
{
// TODO save state async: png compression, savestate file compression/write
@ -796,7 +778,7 @@ static void gui_display_commands()
if (savestateDate == 0)
ImGui::TextColored(gray, "Empty");
else
ImGui::TextColored(gray, "%s", timeToString(savestateDate).c_str());
ImGui::TextColored(gray, "%s", timeToISO8601(savestateDate).c_str());
}
savestatePic.draw(ScaledVec2(buttonWidth, 0.f));
}
@ -1557,8 +1539,9 @@ static void contentpath_warning_popup()
if (show_contentpath_selection)
{
scanner.stop();
ImGui::OpenPopup("Select Directory");
select_file_popup("Select Directory", [](bool cancelled, std::string selection)
const char *title = "Select a Content Directory";
ImGui::OpenPopup(title);
select_file_popup(title, [](bool cancelled, std::string selection)
{
show_contentpath_selection = false;
if (!cancelled)
@ -1703,8 +1686,8 @@ static void gui_settings_general()
if (ImGui::Button("X"))
to_delete = i;
}
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(24, 3));
#ifdef __ANDROID__
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(24, 3));
if (ImGui::Button("Add"))
{
hostfs::addStorage(true, false, [](bool cancelled, std::string selection) {
@ -1713,13 +1696,15 @@ static void gui_settings_general()
});
}
#else
if (ImGui::Button("Add"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("Select Directory");
select_file_popup("Select Directory", [](bool cancelled, std::string selection) {
const char *title = "Select a Content Directory";
select_file_popup(title, [](bool cancelled, std::string selection) {
if (!cancelled)
addContentPath(selection);
return true;
});
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(24, 3));
if (ImGui::Button("Add"))
ImGui::OpenPopup(title);
#endif
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("Rescan Content"))
@ -2144,8 +2129,11 @@ static void gui_settings_video()
ImGui::NextColumn();
#endif
#ifdef USE_DX9
ImGui::RadioButton("DirectX 9", &renderApi, 2);
ImGui::NextColumn();
{
DisabledScope _(settings.platform.isNaomi2());
ImGui::RadioButton("DirectX 9", &renderApi, 2);
ImGui::NextColumn();
}
#endif
#ifdef USE_DX11
ImGui::RadioButton("DirectX 11", &renderApi, 3);
@ -2852,27 +2840,7 @@ static void gui_settings_about()
#if defined(__ANDROID__) && HOST_CPU == CPU_ARM64 && USE_VULKAN
if (isVulkan(config::RendererType))
{
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(20, 10));
if (config::CustomGpuDriver)
{
std::string name, description, vendor, version;
if (getCustomGpuDriverInfo(name, description, vendor, version))
{
ImGui::Text("Custom Driver:");
ImGui::Indent();
ImGui::Text("%s - %s", name.c_str(), description.c_str());
ImGui::Text("%s - %s", vendor.c_str(), version.c_str());
ImGui::Unindent();
}
if (ImGui::Button("Use Default Driver")) {
config::CustomGpuDriver = false;
ImGui::OpenPopup("Reset Vulkan");
}
}
else if (ImGui::Button("Upload Custom Driver"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("Select custom GPU driver");
const char *fileSelectTitle = "Select a custom GPU driver";
static bool driverDirty;
const auto& callback = [](bool cancelled, std::string selection) {
if (!cancelled) {
@ -2887,30 +2855,53 @@ static void gui_settings_about()
}
return true;
};
select_file_popup("Select custom GPU driver", callback, true, "zip");
if (driverDirty) {
ImGui::OpenPopup("Reset Vulkan");
driverDirty = false;
}
ImguiStyleVar _1(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ScaledVec2(20, 20));
if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Reset Vulkan", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
{
ImGui::Text("Do you want to reset Vulkan to use new driver?");
ImGui::NewLine();
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(uiScaled(20), ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y));
ImguiStyleVar _1(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(10, 10));
if (ImGui::Button("Yes"))
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(20, 10));
if (config::CustomGpuDriver)
{
mainui_reinit();
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
std::string name, description, vendor, version;
if (getCustomGpuDriverInfo(name, description, vendor, version))
{
ImGui::Text("Custom Driver:");
ImGui::Indent();
ImGui::Text("%s - %s", name.c_str(), description.c_str());
ImGui::Text("%s - %s", vendor.c_str(), version.c_str());
ImGui::Unindent();
}
if (ImGui::Button("Use Default Driver")) {
config::CustomGpuDriver = false;
ImGui::OpenPopup("Reset Vulkan");
}
}
else if (ImGui::Button("Upload Custom Driver"))
ImGui::OpenPopup(fileSelectTitle);
if (driverDirty) {
ImGui::OpenPopup("Reset Vulkan");
driverDirty = false;
}
ImguiStyleVar _1(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ScaledVec2(20, 20));
if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Reset Vulkan", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
{
ImGui::Text("Do you want to reset Vulkan to use new driver?");
ImGui::NewLine();
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(uiScaled(20), ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y));
ImguiStyleVar _1(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(10, 10));
if (ImGui::Button("Yes"))
{
mainui_reinit();
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("No"))
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("No"))
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
select_file_popup(fileSelectTitle, callback, true, "zip");
}
#endif
}
@ -3075,12 +3066,48 @@ static void gameTooltip(const std::string& tip)
static bool gameImageButton(ImguiTexture& texture, const std::string& tooltip, ImVec2 size, const std::string& gameName)
{
bool pressed = texture.button("", size, gameName);
bool pressed = texture.button("##imagebutton", size, gameName);
gameTooltip(tooltip);
return pressed;
}
#ifdef TARGET_UWP
void gui_load_game()
{
using namespace Windows::Storage;
using namespace Concurrency;
auto picker = ref new Pickers::FileOpenPicker();
picker->ViewMode = Pickers::PickerViewMode::List;
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".chd");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".gdi");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".cue");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".cdi");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".zip");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".7z");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".elf");
if (!config::HideLegacyNaomiRoms)
{
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".bin");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".lst");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".dat");
}
picker->SuggestedStartLocation = Pickers::PickerLocationId::DocumentsLibrary;
create_task(picker->PickSingleFileAsync()).then([](StorageFile ^file) {
if (file)
{
NOTICE_LOG(COMMON, "Picked file: %S", file->Path->Data());
nowide::stackstring path;
if (path.convert(file->Path->Data()))
gui_start_game(path.get());
}
});
}
#endif
static void gui_display_content()
{
fullScreenWindow(false);
@ -3105,7 +3132,6 @@ static void gui_display_content()
if (gui_state != GuiState::SelectDisk)
{
#ifdef TARGET_UWP
void gui_load_game();
ImGui::SameLine(ImGui::GetContentRegionMax().x - settingsBtnW
- ImGui::GetStyle().FramePadding.x * 2.0f - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x - ImGui::CalcTextSize("Load...").x);
if (ImGui::Button("Load..."))
@ -3259,20 +3285,19 @@ static bool systemdir_selected_callback(bool cancelled, std::string selection)
return false;
}
}
else
// We might be able to create a directory but not a file. Because ... android
// So let's test to be sure.
std::string testPath = data_path + "writetest.txt";
FILE *file = fopen(testPath.c_str(), "w");
if (file == nullptr)
{
// Test
std::string testPath = data_path + "writetest.txt";
FILE *file = fopen(testPath.c_str(), "w");
if (file == nullptr)
{
WARN_LOG(BOOT, "Cannot write in the 'data' directory");
gui_error("Invalid selection:\nFlycast cannot write to this directory.");
return false;
}
fclose(file);
unlink(testPath.c_str());
WARN_LOG(BOOT, "Cannot write in the 'data' directory");
gui_error("Invalid selection:\nFlycast cannot write to this directory.");
return false;
}
fclose(file);
unlink(testPath.c_str());
set_user_config_dir(selection);
add_system_data_dir(selection);
set_user_data_dir(data_path);
@ -3295,8 +3320,9 @@ static bool systemdir_selected_callback(bool cancelled, std::string selection)
static void gui_display_onboarding()
{
ImGui::OpenPopup("Select System Directory");
select_file_popup("Select System Directory", &systemdir_selected_callback);
const char *title = "Select Flycast Home Directory";
ImGui::OpenPopup(title);
select_file_popup(title, &systemdir_selected_callback);
}
static std::future<bool> networkStatus;
@ -3721,7 +3747,7 @@ void gui_takeScreenshot()
if (!game_started)
return;
uiThreadRunner.runOnThread([]() {
std::string date = timeToString(time(nullptr));
std::string date = timeToISO8601(time(nullptr));
std::replace(date.begin(), date.end(), '/', '-');
std::replace(date.begin(), date.end(), ':', '-');
std::string name = "Flycast-" + date + ".png";

13
core/ui/gui_cheats.cpp
View File

@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ void gui_cheats()
ImGui::Begin("##main", nullptr, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar
| ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
const char *title = "Select a cheat file";
{
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ScaledVec2(20, 8));
ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
@ -103,12 +104,7 @@ void gui_cheats()
hostfs::addStorage(false, true, cheatFileSelected);
#else
if (ImGui::Button("Load"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("Select cheat file");
select_file_popup("Select cheat file", [](bool cancelled, std::string selection)
{
cheatFileSelected(cancelled, selection);
return true;
}, true, "cht");
ImGui::OpenPopup(title);
#endif
ImGui::SameLine();
@ -117,6 +113,11 @@ void gui_cheats()
ImGui::Unindent(uiScaled(10));
}
select_file_popup(title, [](bool cancelled, std::string selection)
{
cheatFileSelected(cancelled, selection);
return true;
}, true, "cht");
ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("cheats"), ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_DragScrolling | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
{

9
core/ui/gui_util.cpp
View File

@ -98,6 +98,15 @@ void select_file_popup(const char *prompt, StringCallback callback,
std::sort(folderFiles.begin(), folderFiles.end());
subfolders_read = true;
}
if (prompt != nullptr) {
ImguiStyleVar _(ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, ImVec2(0.f, 0.5f)); // Left
ImguiStyleVar _1(ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, 1.0f);
ImGui::BeginDisabled();
ImGui::PushFont(largeFont);
ImGui::ButtonEx(prompt, ImVec2(-1, 0));
ImGui::PopFont();
ImGui::EndDisabled();
}
std::string title;
if (!error_message.empty())
title = error_message;

35
core/windows/winmain.cpp
View File

@ -243,41 +243,6 @@ static bool dumpCallback(const wchar_t* dump_path,
#endif
#ifdef TARGET_UWP
void gui_load_game()
{
using namespace Windows::Storage;
using namespace Concurrency;
auto picker = ref new Pickers::FileOpenPicker();
picker->ViewMode = Pickers::PickerViewMode::List;
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".chd");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".gdi");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".cue");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".cdi");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".zip");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".7z");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".elf");
if (!config::HideLegacyNaomiRoms)
{
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".bin");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".lst");
picker->FileTypeFilter->Append(".dat");
}
picker->SuggestedStartLocation = Pickers::PickerLocationId::DocumentsLibrary;
create_task(picker->PickSingleFileAsync()).then([](StorageFile ^file) {
if (file)
{
NOTICE_LOG(COMMON, "Picked file: %S", file->Path->Data());
nowide::stackstring path;
if (path.convert(file->Path->Data()))
gui_start_game(path.get());
}
});
}
namespace nowide {
FILE *fopen(char const *file_name, char const *mode)

2
shell/android-studio/flycast/build.gradle
View File

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ def getSentryUrl = { ->
}
android {
namespace 'com.reicast.emulator'
namespace 'com.flycast.emulator'
ndkVersion '23.2.8568313'
compileSdk 29

2
shell/android-studio/flycast/proguard-rules.pro vendored
View File

@ -20,7 +20,5 @@
# hide the original source file name.
#-renamesourcefileattribute SourceFile
-keep class com.reicast.** {*;}
-keepclassmembers class com.reicast.** {*;}
-keep class com.flycast.** {*;}
-keepclassmembers class com.flycast.** {*;}

9
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/AndroidManifest.xml
View File

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
android:required="false" />
<application
android:name="com.reicast.emulator.Emulator"
android:name="com.flycast.emulator.Emulator"
android:icon="@drawable/ic_launcher"
android:label="@string/app_name"
android:theme="@android:style/Theme.NoTitleBar.Fullscreen"
@ -50,14 +50,15 @@
<meta-data android:name="android.max_aspect" android:value="2.1" />
<activity
android:name="com.reicast.emulator.NativeGLActivity"
android:name="com.flycast.emulator.NativeGLActivity"
android:configChanges="orientation|navigation|screenSize|screenLayout|uiMode|keyboard|keyboardHidden"
android:screenOrientation="sensorLandscape"
android:exported="true"
android:theme="@style/Theme.AppCompat.NoActionBar"/>
<activity-alias
android:name="com.reicast.emulator.MainActivity"
android:targetActivity="com.reicast.emulator.NativeGLActivity">
android:name="com.flycast.emulator.MainActivity"
android:targetActivity="com.flycast.emulator.NativeGLActivity"
android:exported="true">
<intent-filter>
<action android:name="android.intent.action.MAIN" />
<category android:name="android.intent.category.LAUNCHER" />

10
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/AndroidStorage.java
View File

@ -71,11 +71,15 @@ public class AndroidStorage {
else {
if (Build.VERSION.SDK_INT >= Build.VERSION_CODES.KITKAT)
activity.getContentResolver().takePersistableUriPermission(uri, storageIntentPerms);
/* Use the uri path now to avoid issues when targeting sdk 30+ in the future
String realPath = getRealPath(uri);
if (realPath != null)
// when targeting sdk 30+ (android 11+) using the real path doesn't work (empty content) -> *must* use the uri
int targetSdkVersion = activity.getApplication().getApplicationInfo().targetSdkVersion;
if (realPath != null && targetSdkVersion <= Build.VERSION_CODES.Q)
addStorageCallback(realPath);
else
addStorageCallback(uri.toString());
*/
addStorageCallback(uri.toString());
}
}
@ -160,7 +164,7 @@ public class AndroidStorage {
intent = Intent.createChooser(intent, "Select a cheat file");
}
else {
intent = Intent.createChooser(intent, "Select a directory");
intent = Intent.createChooser(intent, "Select a content directory");
}
storageIntentPerms = Intent.FLAG_GRANT_READ_URI_PERMISSION | (writeAccess ? Intent.FLAG_GRANT_WRITE_URI_PERMISSION : 0);
intent.addFlags(Intent.FLAG_GRANT_PERSISTABLE_URI_PERMISSION | storageIntentPerms);

168
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/BaseGLActivity.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/BaseGLActivity.java
View File

@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
package com.reicast.emulator;
package com.flycast.emulator;
import android.Manifest;
import android.app.Activity;
import android.app.AlertDialog;
import android.app.ProgressDialog;
import android.content.DialogInterface;
import android.content.Intent;
import android.content.SharedPreferences;
@ -26,15 +27,17 @@ import androidx.annotation.NonNull;
import androidx.annotation.Nullable;
import androidx.core.app.ActivityCompat;
import com.flycast.emulator.AndroidStorage;
import com.reicast.emulator.config.Config;
import com.reicast.emulator.emu.AudioBackend;
import com.reicast.emulator.emu.HttpClient;
import com.reicast.emulator.emu.JNIdc;
import com.reicast.emulator.periph.InputDeviceManager;
import com.reicast.emulator.periph.SipEmulator;
import com.flycast.emulator.config.Config;
import com.flycast.emulator.emu.AudioBackend;
import com.flycast.emulator.emu.HttpClient;
import com.flycast.emulator.emu.JNIdc;
import com.flycast.emulator.periph.InputDeviceManager;
import com.flycast.emulator.periph.SipEmulator;
import java.io.File;
import java.io.FileInputStream;
import java.io.FileOutputStream;
import java.io.IOException;
import java.util.ArrayList;
import java.util.List;
import java.util.Locale;
@ -91,8 +94,21 @@ public abstract class BaseGLActivity extends Activity implements ActivityCompat.
OuyaController.init(this);
new HttpClient().nativeInit();
String home_directory = prefs.getString(Config.pref_home, "");
String result = JNIdc.initEnvironment((Emulator)getApplicationContext(), getFilesDir().getAbsolutePath(), home_directory,
String homeDir = prefs.getString(Config.pref_home, "");
// Check that home dir is valid, migrate if needed
String newHome = checkHomeDirectory(homeDir);
if (newHome != null) {
if (!newHome.equals(homeDir))
prefs.edit().putString(Config.pref_home, newHome).apply();
finishCreation();
}
Log.i("flycast", "BaseGLActivity.onCreate done");
}
protected void finishCreation()
{
String homeDir = prefs.getString(Config.pref_home, getDefaultHomeDir());
String result = JNIdc.initEnvironment((Emulator)getApplicationContext(), getFilesDir().getAbsolutePath(), homeDir,
Locale.getDefault().toString());
if (result != null) {
AlertDialog.Builder dlgAlert = new AlertDialog.Builder(this);
@ -158,7 +174,7 @@ public abstract class BaseGLActivity extends Activity implements ActivityCompat.
pendingIntentUrl = gameUri.toString();
}
}
Log.i("flycast", "BaseGLActivity.onCreate done");
Log.i("flycast", "BaseGLActivity.finishCreation done");
}
private void setStorageDirectories()
@ -395,6 +411,136 @@ public abstract class BaseGLActivity extends Activity implements ActivityCompat.
}
private String getDefaultHomeDir()
{
return getExternalFilesDir(null).getAbsolutePath();
}
private String checkHomeDirectory(String homeDir)
{
if (homeDir.isEmpty())
// home dir not set: use default
return getDefaultHomeDir();
if (homeDir.startsWith(getDefaultHomeDir()))
// home dir is ok
return homeDir;
if (Build.VERSION.SDK_INT <= Build.VERSION_CODES.P)
// no need to migrate on Android 9 or earlier
return homeDir;
// migration disabled for now
return homeDir;
/*
// Only ask to migrate once
String migrationPref = "legacy-storage-migration-done";
if (prefs.getBoolean(migrationPref, false))
return homeDir;
// Ask the user if he wants to migrate
AlertDialog.Builder dlgAlert = new AlertDialog.Builder(this);
dlgAlert.setMessage("The current Flycast home folder will be inaccessible in future versions.\n\n"
+ "Do you want to move config and save files to a valid location?");
dlgAlert.setTitle("Migrate Home");
dlgAlert.setPositiveButton("Yes",
(dialog, id) -> BaseGLActivity.this.migrateHome(homeDir));
dlgAlert.setNegativeButton("No",
(dialog, id) -> BaseGLActivity.this.finishCreation());
dlgAlert.setIcon(android.R.drawable.ic_dialog_alert);
dlgAlert.setCancelable(false);
dlgAlert.create().show();
// Don't ask again
prefs.edit().putBoolean(migrationPref, true).apply();
return null;
*/
}
private boolean migrationThreadCancelled = false;
private void migrateHome(String oldHome)
{
File source = new File(oldHome);
File dest = new File(getDefaultHomeDir());
ProgressDialog progress = ProgressDialog.show(this, "Migrating", "Moving files to their new home",
true, true, dialogInterface -> migrationThreadCancelled = true);
progress.show();
migrationThreadCancelled = false;
Thread thread = new Thread(new Runnable() {
private void moveFile(File file, File toDir)
{
//Log.d("flycast", "Moving " + file.getAbsolutePath() + " to " + toDir.getAbsolutePath());
try {
File dest = new File(toDir, file.getName());
// file.renameTo(dest) doesn't seem to work
FileInputStream in = new FileInputStream(file);
FileOutputStream out = new FileOutputStream(dest);
byte[] buf = new byte[8192];
while (true) {
int len = in.read(buf);
if (len == -1)
break;
out.write(buf, 0, len);
}
out.close();
in.close();
file.delete();
} catch (IOException e) {
Log.e("flycast", "Error moving " + file.getAbsolutePath(), e);
}
}
private void moveDir(File from, File to)
{
//Log.d("flycast", "Moving dir " + from.getAbsolutePath() + " to " + to.getAbsolutePath());
if (!from.exists())
return;
File[] files = from.listFiles();
if (files == null) {
Log.e("flycast", "Can't list content of " + from.getAbsolutePath());
return;
}
for (File file : files)
{
if (migrationThreadCancelled)
break;
if (file.isFile())
moveFile(file, to);
else if (file.isDirectory() && !file.getName().equals("boxart")) {
File subDir = new File(to, file.getName());
subDir.mkdir();
moveDir(file, subDir);
}
}
from.delete();
}
private void migrate()
{
moveFile(new File(source, "emu.cfg"), dest);
if (migrationThreadCancelled)
return;
File mappings = new File(dest, "mappings");
mappings.mkdirs();
moveDir(new File(source, "mappings"), mappings);
if (migrationThreadCancelled)
return;
File data = new File(dest, "data");
data.mkdirs();
moveDir(new File(source, "data"), data);
}
@Override
public void run()
{
migrate();
runOnUiThread(() -> {
prefs.edit().putString(Config.pref_home, getDefaultHomeDir()).apply();
progress.dismiss();
BaseGLActivity.this.finishCreation();
});
}
});
thread.start();
}
// Called from native code
public void onGameStateChange(boolean started) {
runOnUiThread(new Runnable() {

6
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/Emulator.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/Emulator.java
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
package com.reicast.emulator;
package com.flycast.emulator;
import android.app.Application;
import android.content.Context;
@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ import android.util.Log;
import androidx.appcompat.app.AppCompatDelegate;
import com.reicast.emulator.config.Config;
import com.reicast.emulator.emu.JNIdc;
import com.flycast.emulator.config.Config;
import com.flycast.emulator.emu.JNIdc;
public class Emulator extends Application {
private static Context context;

2
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/FileBrowser.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/FileBrowser.java
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
package com.reicast.emulator;
package com.flycast.emulator;
import org.apache.commons.lang3.StringUtils;

26
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/NativeGLActivity.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/NativeGLActivity.java
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
package com.reicast.emulator;
package com.flycast.emulator;
import android.content.Context;
import android.os.Bundle;
@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ import android.widget.RelativeLayout;
import androidx.annotation.Nullable;
import com.reicast.emulator.emu.JNIdc;
import com.reicast.emulator.emu.NativeGLView;
import com.reicast.emulator.periph.InputDeviceManager;
import com.reicast.emulator.periph.VJoy;
import com.flycast.emulator.emu.JNIdc;
import com.flycast.emulator.emu.NativeGLView;
import com.flycast.emulator.periph.InputDeviceManager;
import com.flycast.emulator.periph.VJoy;
public final class NativeGLActivity extends BaseGLActivity {
@ -35,28 +35,36 @@ public final class NativeGLActivity extends BaseGLActivity {
super.onCreate(savedInstanceState);
Log.i("flycast", "NativeGLActivity.onCreate done");
}
protected void finishCreation()
{
super.finishCreation();
// Create the actual GL view
mView = new NativeGLView(this);
mLayout = new RelativeLayout(this);
mLayout.addView(mView);
setContentView(mLayout);
Log.i("flycast", "NativeGLActivity.onCreate done");
Log.i("flycast", "NativeGLActivity.finishCreation done");
}
@Override
protected void doPause() {
mView.pause();
if (mView != null)
mView.pause();
}
@Override
protected void doResume() {
mView.resume();
if (mView != null)
mView.resume();
}
@Override
public boolean isSurfaceReady() {
return mView.isSurfaceReady();
return mView != null && mView.isSurfaceReady();
}
// Called from native code

5
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/config/Config.java Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
package com.flycast.emulator.config;
public class Config {
public static final String pref_home = "home_directory";
}

2
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/emu/AudioBackend.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/emu/AudioBackend.java
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
package com.reicast.emulator.emu;
package com.flycast.emulator.emu;
import android.media.AudioFormat;
import android.media.AudioManager;

2
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/emu/HttpClient.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/emu/HttpClient.java
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Flycast. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
package com.reicast.emulator.emu;
package com.flycast.emulator.emu;
import android.util.Log;

6
shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/reicast/emulator/emu/JNIdc.java → shell/android-studio/flycast/src/main/java/com/flycast/emulator/emu/JNIdc.java
View File

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
package com.reicast.emulator.emu;
package com.flycast.emulator.emu;
import android.view.Surface;
import com.reicast.emulator.Emulator;
import com.reicast.emulator.periph.SipEmulator;
import com.flycast.emulator.Emulator;
import com.flycast.emulator.periph.SipEmulator;
public final class JNIdc
{

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More